Exhibit 10(F)

                      Prototype 401(k) Adoption Agreement,
                      Retirement Plan, and Trust Agreement

                                                     T. Rowe Price Trust Company














                                                            [T. Rowe Price Logo]



T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
PROTOTYPE 401(k) ADOPTION AGREEMENT, RETIREMENT PLAN, AND
TRUST AGREEMENT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.       401 (k) Retirement Plan Adoption Agreement .........   1
II.      GUST Transition Optional Supplement ................  22
III.     EGTRRA Adoption Agreement ..........................  25
IV.      Prototype 401(k) Retirement Plan Document ..........  29
V.       EGTRRA Amendment ...................................  88
VI.      401(k) Retirement Plan Trust Agreement .............  92
VII.     IRS Opinion Letter ................................. 101






                            IMPORTANT INSTRUCTIONS:

  Sections I - III need to be completed, signed, and returned to T. Rowe
  Price. Please keep a copy of the sections that you return to T. Rowe Price.
               Sections IV - VII are for your reference and files.



                          T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY

                             401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT



Name of Employer: LTX Corporation


Address: LTX Park at University Avenue
         Westwood, Massachusetts 02090


Phone No: (781) 467-5327


Plan Contact: Jill Barres


                                       1



T. ROWE PRICE
TRUST COMPANY
401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This is the Adoption Agreement for defined contribution plan #001 of basic plan
document #03, which is a combined prototype section 401(k)/profit sharing
defined contribution plan. (Prior to the amendment and restatement of this plan
document and adoption agreement, the plan document was T. Rowe Price Trust
Company basic plan document #01.) This Adoption Agreement may be used only in
conjunction with basic plan document #03.

Note:  Before executing this Adoption Agreement, the Employer should consult
       with a tax adviser or attorney. This plan may not meet the Employer's
       requirements for continued plan qualification. In addition, failure to
       properly complete this Adoption Agreement may result in plan
       disqualification.

The Employer hereby establishes a section 401(k) plan and a trust for such plan
upon the respective terms and conditions contained in the section 401(k)
prototype plan #03 and the Trust Agreement to the plan and appoints as
Trustee(s) of such trust the person(s) who has(have) executed this Adoption
Agreement evidencing his/her/its/their acceptance of such appointment.

The Plan and Trust Agreement shall be supplemented and modified by the terms and
conditions contained in the Adoption Agreement and any supplements thereto and
shall be effective on the date(s) specified herein.

After the Employer has notified T. Rowe Price Trust Company it has adopted the
prototype plan, T. Rowe Price Trust Company will inform the Employer of any
amendments made to the prototype plan or the discontinuance or abandonment of
the prototype plan after T. Rowe Price Trust Company receives such notice and
until the earlier of (i) the date the Employer notifies T. Rowe Price Trust
Company it has ceased to use this prototype plan or (ii) the date the Plan's
asset records are not kept by T. Rowe Price Trust Company or any affiliate of T.
Rowe Price Trust Company.

1.       Plan Data.
         (Complete 1.1 or 1.2, and complete 1.3)

         1.1 New Plan.

             (a) Name of Plan:

                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 (Please print or type complete, legal name of the Plan)

             (b) Effective Date of the Plan:
                                             -----------------------------------
                                             (month/day/year)

             (c) Plan Year End:
                                ------------------------------------------------
                                (month/day)

         1.2 If this is an amendment of existing plan, complete the following:

             (a) Name of Existing Plan:
                 LTX Corporation Growth and Investment Program
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 (Please print or type complete, legal name of the Plan)

             (b) Initial Effective Date of Plan:        10/01/1995
                                                 -------------------------------

             (c) Effective Date of Amended Plan (complete (1) or (2))

                 (1) If the plan is being amended and restated to
                 comply with GUST (the 1994-1998 laws - GATT, USERRA,
                 SBJPA, TRA'97 and IRSRRA - that require plan
                 amendments):

                 01/01/1997
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 Effective Date of Amendment (month/day/year)

                 (If the Plan's initial effective date was on or before January
                 1, 1997, enter the first day of the Plan Year beginning in
                 1997. If the Plan's initial effective date was after December
                 31, 1996, enter the Plan's initial effective date.)

                                       2



          (2) If the Plan is not being amended to comply with GUST:

              ------------------------------------------------------------------
              Effective Date of Amendment (month/day/year)

              (Usually, this is the first day of the Plan Year in which the
              amendment is effective.)

Note: The provisions of a cash or deferred arrangement may be made effective as
      of the first day of the Plan Year in which the cash or deferred
      arrangement is adopted, but a salary deferral mechanism may not be adopted
      retroactively.

      (d) Plan Year End:    12/31
                         -------------------------------------------------------
                         (month/day)


1.3 Plan Number:    001
                 ---------------------------------------------------------------
                 (3 digits)

2. Employer Data.



         2.1 Employer:        LTX Corporation
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
                        (Print or type complete legal name of business)

             Employer shall also mean any Employer(s) associated with the
             Employer named above under section 414(b), 414(c) or 414(m) of the
             Code.
                   -------------------------------------------------------------



         2.2 Employer's Taxable Year End:   07/31
                                          --------------------------------------


         2.3 Employer's Tax ID #:   04-2594045
                                  ----------------------------------------------

         2.4 The Employer is: [X] a corporate entity.
                              [ ] a non-corporate entity.
                              [ ] a corporation electing Subchapter S treatment.

3. Crediting of Service.

     3.1  For purposes of determining eligibility to participate, Early
          Retirement Age (if applicable) and vesting, service shall be credited
          based on the following method (Choose (a) or (b)):

          (a) [X] Elapsed Time. Under this method, service is measured from
                  date of employment with the Employer to date of termination of
                  employment with the Employer and a period of service shall
                  include any period of severance of less than 12 consecutive
                  months. (Plan Section 1.19)

          (b) [ ] Hours of Service. Under this method, a year of service is a
                  12 consecutive month period during which the Employee
                  completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. (Plan Section 1.30)
                  Complete (1) and (2).

               (1)  Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the
                    method selected below. Only one method may be selected. The
                    method selected will be applied to all Employees.

                    (A) [ ] On the basis of actual hours for which an
                            Employee is paid or entitled to payment by the
                            Employer.

                    (B) [ ] On the basis of days worked for the Employer. An
                            Employee will be credited with ten Hours of Service
                            if under Plan Section 1.30 such Employee would be
                            credited with at least one Hour of Service during
                            the day.

                    (C) [ ] On the basis of weeks worked for the Employer. An
                            Employee will be credited with 45 Hours of Service
                            if under Plan Section 1.30 such Employee would be
                            credited with at least one Hour of Service during
                            the week.

                    (D) [ ] On the basis of semimonthly payroll periods worked
                            for the Employer. An Employee will be credited with
                            95 Hours of Service if under Plan Section 1.30 such
                            Employee would be credited with at least one Hour of
                            Service during the semimonthly payroll period.

                                       3



                 (E)[ ] On the basis of months worked for the Employer. An
                        Employee will be credited with 190 Hours of Service if
                        under Plan Section 1.30 such Employee would be credited
                        with at least one Hour of Service during the month.

               (2)  Twelve Consecutive Month Period.

                    (A) Vesting. For purposes of determining vesting, a Year of
                        Vesting Service is a Plan Year in which an Employee
                        completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. (Plan Section
                        1.59)

                    (B) Eligibility. For purposes of determining eligibility to
                        participate in the Plan (Years of Eligibility Service),
                        the initial eligibility computation period is the twelve
                        consecutive month period beginning on the day an
                        Employee first performs an Hour of Service for the
                        Employer. (Plan Section 1.58) The following twelve
                        consecutive month periods shall begin on (choose one):

                        [ ] The first anniversary of the date an Employee
                            first performs an Hour of Service for the Employer.

                        [ ] The first day of each Plan Year beginning after
                            the date the Employee first performs

3.2 Service with predecessor Employer. (Plan Section 2.3) Complete (a) or (b)

Note: If this is a continuation of a predecessor plan, service under the
      predecessor plan must be counted.

      (a) [X] No credit will be given for service with a predecessor Employer.

      (b) [ ] Credit will be given for service with the following predecessor
              Employer(s):

Note:  If this is not a continuation of a predecessor plan, service with a
       predecessor employer must be limited as provided in accordance with the
       provisions of regulation section 1.401(a)(4)-5(a)(3).

4. Eligibility.

Note:  If the period of time selected is or includes a fractional year, an
       Employee will not be required to complete any specified number of Hours
       of Service to receive credit for such fractional year even if the
       Employer elected in Section 3 of this Adoption Agreement to credit
       service using the Hours of Service method.

4.1  Participation Requirements. All Employees shall be eligible to participate
     in this Plan in accordance with the provisions of Article II of the Plan,
     except the following (Plan Section 2.3):

     [ ] Employees who have not attained age _____ (cannot be later than 21);

     [ ] Employees who have not completed _____ months (not to exceed 12
         months) of service;

     [ ] Employees who have not completed one Year of Eligibility Service
         (Hours of Service method);

     [ ] Employees included in a unit of Employees covered by a collective
         bargaining agreement, if retirement benefits were the subject of good
         faith bargaining between the Employer and employee representatives.
         Employee representatives do not include any organization more than half
         of whose members are Employees who are owners, officers or executives
         of the Employer;

     [ ] Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no earned income
         from the Employer which constitutes income from sources within the
         United States;

     [ ] Employees included in the following job classifications:
         [ ] Hourly
         [ ] Employees; Salaried Employees;


                                       4



        [X] Leased Employees;

        [X] Other class or classes of Employees:

              Cooperative students and interns, and temporary or seasonal
              ------------------------------------------------------------------
              employees who are hired for less than a 12-month period
              ------------------------------------------------------------------

               (Note: that these classifications cannot be based on age or
               service and must be based on specific objective criteria that are
               not subject to Employer discretion. An exclusion of "part-time"
               Employees is not permissible.)

           [ ] Employees of the following Employers aggregated under section
               414(b), 414(c) or 414(m) of the Code:

            --------------------------------------------------------------------

            --------------------------------------------------------------------

            --------------------------------------------------------------------

     Note: If no entries are made above, all Employees shall be eligible to
           participate in the Plan on the earlier of the Effective Date or the
           Entry Date coincident with or next following the date of employment.

     4.2  The Entry Dates shall be (choose one): (Plan Section 1.25)

          (a)[ ] the first day of each Plan Year and the first day of the
                 seventh month in each Plan Year.

          (b)[ ] the first day of each Plan Year and the first day of each
                 quarter thereafter.

          (c)[ ] the first day of each Plan Year and the first day of each
                 month thereafter.

          (d)[X] the date on which the eligibility requirements of the Plan,
                 if any are applicable, are met.

5. Compensation. (Plan Section 1.13)

     Note: Do not complete this Section 5 of this Adoption Agreement if the Plan
           is intended to be a "safe harbor" cash or deferred arrangement. If
           the Plan is a "safe harbor" cash or deferred arrangement, check this
           box [ ] and complete Section 9 of this Adoption Agreement.

     5.1  Subject to the following provisions of this Section of the Adoption
          Agreement, for purposes of determining contributions and allocations
          to a Participant's Account, Compensation will mean a Participant's
          (choose one):

          (a)[X] W-2 earnings (including salary deferrals); or

          (b)[ ] Compensation as that term is defined in section 415 of the
                 Code; or

          (c)[ ] Wages as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code.

          For the Plan Year but excluding the following:

               Profit Sharing Bonus Plan payments
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Note: If this Plan has a Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution
           allocation formula that is integrated with Social Security (Plan
           Section 5.1(b)), Compensation must be defined as W-2 earnings,
           compensation as defined in section 415 of the Code or wages as
           defined in section 3401(a) of the Code; no exclusions are allowed.

     5.2   Compensation for a Plan Year will mean

          (a)[X] Compensation paid to the Employee by the Employer during
                 the entire Plan Year.

          (b)[ ] Compensation paid to the Employee by the Employer only during
                 that portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee was
                 eligible to participate in the Plan.


                                       5


6. Participant Contributions.

     6.1.  Elective Deferrals. (Plan Section 3.2(b)) Complete (a) or (b).

          (a)[ ] Elective Deferrals are not permitted.

          (b)[X] A Participant may elect to defer an amount up to 15% of his
                 or her Compensation paid during a pay period.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Elective Deferrals made on behalf of a
     Participant for a Plan Year shall not exceed $________. (If the immediately
     preceding sentence is not completed, only the percentage limit will apply
     to Elective Deferrals.)

     6.2.  Employee After-Tax Contributions. (Plan Section 3.2(a)) Complete (a)
           or (b).

          (a)[X] Employee After-Tax Contributions are not permitted.

          (b)[ ] A Participant may make Employee After-Tax Contributions to
                 the Plan in an amount up to ____% of his or her Compensation
                 paid during a pay period.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee After-Tax Contribution made on
     behalf of a Participant for a Plan Year shall not exceed $______. (If the
     immediately preceding sentence is not completed, only the percentage limit
     will apply to Employee After-Tax Contributions.)

     Note: Even if this is a "safe harbor" cash or deferred arrangement,
           Employee After-Tax Contributions are always subject to the ACP Test.

     6.3   Combined Limits on Participant Contributions

           If the Employer elects 6.1(b) and 6.2(b), above, a Participant's
           aggregate Elective Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions for
           a pay period may not exceed ____% of his or her Compensation paid
           during a pay period.

     Note: If the Plan is intended to qualify as a "safe harbor" cash or
           deferred arrangement, each Participant must be able to make Elective
           Deferrals in an amount that is at least sufficient for the
           Participant to receive the maximum amount of safe harbor matching
           contributions available under the Plan. For instance, if the Employer
           elects the Safe Harbor Matching Contribution in Section 9 of this
           Adoption Agreement, a Participant must have the ability to make
           Elective Deferrals up to at least 5% of Total Compensation as defined
           in Section 9.1 of this Adoption Agreement.

     6.4  Rollovers. (Plan Section 3.2(c)) Complete (a) or (b).

          (a)[ ] The Plan does not accept rollovers.

          (b)[X] The Plan accepts rollovers.

     6.5  Participant-Directed Plan-to-Plan Transfers. (Plan Section 3.2(d))
          Choose one.

          (a)[X] The Plan does not accept Participant-directed plan-to-plan
                 transfers.
          (b)[ ] The Plan accepts Participant-directed plan-to-plan transfers.

7. Employer Contributions.

   Do not complete this Section 7 of this Adoption Agreement if this Plan is
   intended to be a "safe harbor" cash or deferred arrangement. If this Plan is
   intended to be a "safe harbor" cash or deferred arrangement, check this box
   [ ] and complete Section 9 of this Adoption Agreement.

     7.1  Matching Contributions. (Plan Section 3.3(a))

          (a) Matching Contributions. Complete (1) or (2)

              (1)[X] shall be made to the Plan. The type of Matching
                     Contribution shall be (choose (A) or (B)):

                    (A)[ ] Mandatory (Complete (b)(1) and (d) below)

                    (B)[X] Discretionary (Complete (b)(2) and (d) below)


                                       6



     (2)[ ] shall not be made to Plan. (If this subparagraph (2) is elected, do
            not complete the following paragraphs (b), (c) or (d)).

(b) Matching Contribution Formula. (Complete (1) or (2))

     (1)  Mandatory Matching Contribution. (Complete (A) and/or (B). If both (A)
          and (B) are completed, complete (C).)

          (A)[ ] Match on Elective Deferrals. The Employer shall contribute
                 and allocate to each eligible Participant's Matching
                 Contributions subaccount an amount equal to ____% of the
                 Participant's Elective Deferrals up to ____% of the
                 Participant's Compensation.

                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Matching Contribution made
                 on behalf of an eligible Participant for the Plan Year with
                 respect to Elective Deferrals shall not exceed $____. (If the
                 immediately preceding sentence is not completed, only the
                 percentage limitation will apply to Matching Contributions.)

          (B)[ ] Match on Employee After-Tax Contributions. The Employer shall
                 contribute and allocate to each eligible Participant's Matching
                 Contribution subaccount an amount equal to ____% of the
                 Participant's Employee After-Tax Contributions up to ____% of
                 the Participant's Compensation.

                 Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Matching Contribution made
                 on behalf of an eligible Participant for the Plan Year with
                 respect to Employee After-Tax Contributions shall not exceed
                 $____. (If the immediately preceding sentence is not completed,
                 only the percentage limitation will apply to Matching
                 Contributions.)

          (C)[ ] Match on Elective Deferrals and Employee After-Tax
                 Contributions. If the Employer makes Matching Contributions
                 with respect to both Elective Deferrals and Employee After-Tax
                 Contributions, choose (i) or (ii).

                 (i) [ ] Matching Contributions shall be limited only as
                         provided in (A) and (B) above.

                 (ii)[ ] In addition to any limitations on Matching
                         Contributions described above, for purposes of
                         calculating such Matching Contributions, the total of
                         an eligible Participant's Elective Deferrals and
                         Employee After-Tax Contributions shall be treated as
                         not exceeding ____% of the Participant's Compensation.

                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Matching Contribution made
                  on behalf of an eligible Participant with respect to the
                  Participant's total Elective Deferrals and Employee After-Tax
                  Contributions for the Plan Year shall not exceed $____. (If
                  the immediately preceding sentence is not completed, only the
                  percentage limitation(s) will apply to Matching Contributions
                  made with respect to Elective Deferrals and Employee After-Tax
                  Contributions.)

     (2)  Discretionary Matching Contributions (Complete (A) and/or (B). If both
          (A) and (B) are completed, complete (C).)

          (A)[X] Discretionary Match on Elective Deferrals. The Employer may
                 make discretionary Matching Contributions from Plan Year to
                 Plan Year as it deems advisable. Such discretionary Matching
                 Contributions, if made, shall be equal to a specified
                 percentage of each eligible Participant's Elective Deferrals,
                 except that the Employer may establish a limit (expressed
                 either as a uniform dollar amount or percentage of
                 Compensation) on the amount of Elective Deferrals which shall
                 be matched.

          (B)[ ] Discretionary Match on Employee After-Tax Contributions. The
                 Employer may make discretionary Matching Contributions from
                 Plan Year to Plan Year as it deems advisable. Such
                 discretionary Matching Contributions, if made, shall be equal
                 to a specified percentage of each Participant's Employee
                 After-Tax Contributions, except that the Employer may establish
                 a limit (expressed either as a uniform dollar amount or
                 percentage of Compensation) on the amount of Employee After-Tax
                 Contributions which shall be matched.


                                       7



          (C)[ ] Discretionary Match on Elective Deferrals and Employee
                 After-Tax Contributions. If the Employer makes discretionary
                 Matching Contributions with respect to both Elective Deferrals
                 and Employee After-Tax Contributions, choose (i) or (ii).

               (i) [ ] Discretionary Matching Contributions shall be limited
                       only as provided in (A) and (B) above.

               (ii)[ ] In addition to any limitations on discretionary Matching
                       Contributions described above, for purposes of
                       calculating the amount of discretionary Matching
                       Contributions, such discretionary Matching Contributions,
                       if made, shall be equal to a specified percentage of the
                       total of a Participant's Elective Deferrals and Employee
                       After-Tax Contributions, which may be treated as not
                       exceeding a uniform dollar amount or percentage of
                       Compensation.

(c)  Eligibility for Matching Employer Contributions. A Participant shall be
     eligible to receive a Matching Contribution (whether mandatory or
     discretionary) for a Plan Year only if (choose one):

     (1)[ ] For a plan using the Hours of Service method of crediting service,
            (i) his employment with the Employer terminates during the Plan Year
            by reason of death, retirement on or after Early Retirement Age, if
            applicable, or Normal Retirement Age, or Total and Permanent
            Disability, or (ii) he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service
            during the Plan Year and is employed by the Employer on the last day
            of the Plan Year.

     (2)[ ] For a plan using the Hours of Service method of crediting service,
            he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

     (3)[ ] For a plan using the Hours of Service method of crediting service,
            (i) his employment with the Employer terminates during the Plan Year
            by reason of death, retirement on or after Early Retirement Age, if
            applicable, or Normal Retirement Age, or Total and Permanent
            Disability, or (ii) he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service
            during the Plan Year.

     (4)[ ] (i) His employment with the Employer terminates during the Plan
            Year by reason of death, retirement on or after Early Retirement
            Age, if applicable, or Normal Retirement Age, or Total and Permanent
            Disability, or (ii) he is employed by the Employer on the last day
            of the Plan Year.

     (5)[ ] He is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

     (6)[X] He was a Participant in the Plan at any time during the Plan Year.

Note: If the Employer selects (1), (4) or (5) above, the Employer may not make
      any Matching Contribution for a Plan Year until after the end of the Plan
      Year. If the Employer selects (2) or (3) above, the Employer may not make
      a Matching Contribution for a Plan Year until that Participant has
      satisfied the requirements of (2) or (3), as applicable, during such Plan
      Year.

     (d)  Period for Calculating Matching Contributions. For purposes of
          calculating the amount of Matching Contributions, such calculations
          shall be performed on the basis of a Participant's Elective Deferrals
          and/or Employee After-Tax Contributions made and Compensation paid
          (choose one):

          (1)[ ] During each payroll period.

          (2)[X] During the Plan Year (or, if 5.2(b) is elected above, during
                 that portion of the Plan Year during which the Participant was
                 eligible to participate in the Plan).

Note: If the Employer selects (2), the Employer may make Matching Contributions
      on a per payroll period basis. After the end of the Plan Year, the
      Employer must also perform the calculation on a Plan Year basis to
      determine if additional Matching Contributions must be made for the Plan
      Year.


                                       8



7.2  Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. (Plan Section 3.3(b))

     (a) Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions (choose (1) or (2))

         (1)[ ] Shall not be made to the Plan.

         (2)[X] May be made to the Plan each Plan Year as determined by the
                Employer.

     Complete (b) and (c) only if the immediately preceding box is selected.

     (b) Eligibility for Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. A
         Participant shall be eligible to share in the allocation of
         Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions for a Plan Year only if
         (choose one):

         (1)[ ] For a plan using the Hours of Service method of crediting
                service, (i) his employment with the Employer terminates during
                the Plan Year by reason of death, retirement on or after Early
                Retirement Age, if applicable, or Normal Retirement Age, or
                Total and Permanent Disability, or (ii) he completes at least
                1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year and is employed by
                the Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

         (2)[ ] For a plan using the Hours of Service method of crediting
                service, he completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service during the
                Plan Year.

         (3)[ ] For a plan using the Hours of Service method of crediting
                service, (i) his employment with the Employer terminates during
                the Plan Year by reason of death, retirement on or after Early
                Retirement Age, if applicable, or Normal Retirement Age, or
                Total and Permanent Disability, or (ii) he completes at least
                1,000 Hours of Service during the Plan Year.

         (4)[ ] (i) His employment with the Employer terminates during the
                Plan Year by reason of death, retirement on or after Early
                Retirement Age, if applicable, or Normal Retirement Age, or
                Total and Permanent Disability, or (ii) he is employed by the
                Employer on the last day of the Plan Year.

         (5)[X] He is employed by the Employer on the last day of the Plan
                Year.

         (6)[ ] He was a Participant in the Plan at any time during the Plan
                Year.

Note: The Employer may not allocate any Discretionary Profit Sharing
      Contribution for a Plan Year until after the end of the Plan Year.

      (c) Allocation of Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. (Complete
          (1) or (2). If the Employer maintains any other plan in addition to
          this Plan, only one plan may provide for permitted disparity (i.e.,
          integration with Social Security).)

         (1)[X] Nonintegrated - Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions for
                a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Discretionary Profit
                Sharing Contribution subaccount of all Participants eligible for
                an allocation of such contribution in the ratio in which each
                such eligible Participant's Compensation for such Plan Year
                bears to the Compensation of all such eligible Participants for
                such Plan Year.

         (2)[ ] Integrated - Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions for a
                Plan Year shall be integrated with Social Security and allocated
                in accordance with the provisions of Plan Section 5.1(b). The
                Plan's Integration Level shall be (choose (A) or (B)):

            (A)[ ] The Social Security Taxable Wage Base.

            (B)[ ] ____% (not to exceed 100%) of the Social Security Taxable
                   Wage Base.

Note: If the Employer maintains any other plan in addition to this Plan, only
      one plan may be integrated with Social Security.

                                       9



8. ADP and ACP Nondiscrimination Testing.

   Note: This Section does not apply in any Plan Year the Plan is a safe harbor
         cash or deferred arrangement.

   8.1 First Plan Year

      (a) ADP Test - The plan document provides that for the first Plan Year the
          Plan permits any Participant to make Elective Deferrals, the prior
          year's ADP of Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be 3% unless the
          Employer checks the box below. (Plan Section 3.6(a))

      [ ] If this box is checked, and if this is not a successor plan, for the
          first Plan Year this Plan permits any Participant to make Elective
          Deferrals, the ADP used in the ADP Test for Participants who are
          Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be such first Plan Year's ADP
          of such Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

   Note: The Employer may not check this box if the Employer has elected Current
         Year Testing.

      (b) ACP Test - The plan document provides that for the first Plan Year the
          Plan permits any Participant to make Employee After-Tax Contributions
          or provides for Matching Contributions, the prior year's ACP of
          Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be 3% unless the Employer
          checks the box below. (Plan Section 3.7(a))

      [ ] If this box is checked, and if this is not a successor plan, for the
          first Plan Year this Plan permits any Participant to make Employee
          After-Tax Contributions, or provides for Matching Contributions, or
          both, the ACP used in the ACP test for Participants who are Non-Highly
          Compensated Employees shall be such first Plan Year's ACP for such
          Non-Highly Compensated Employees.

   Note: The Employer may not check this box if the Employer has elected Current
         Year Testing.

   8.2 Current Year Testing. (Sections 3.6(a) and 3.7(a))

      [ ] If this box is checked, the Plan is using Current Year Testing for
          purposes of the ADP and ACP tests.

   Note: Once the Employer has elected Current Year Testing, the Employer cannot
         elect out of Current Year Testing unless (i) the Plan has been using
         Current Year Testing for the preceding five Plan Years or, if lesser,
         the number of Plan Years the Plan has been in existence, or (ii) the
         Plan otherwise meets one of the conditions specified in IRS Notice 98-1
         (or superceding guidance) for changing from Current Year Testing.

   8.3 Determining Highly Compensated Employees.

      (a) Top Paid Group Election. (Plan Section 1.29)

      [ ] In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee, the Employer
          makes a top-paid group election by checking this box. The effect of
          this election is that an Employee (who is not a Five Percent Owner at
          any time during the determination year or the look-back year) with
          compensation in excess of $80,000 (as adjusted) for the look-back year
          is a Highly Compensated Employee only if the Employee was in the
          top-paid group for the look-back year.

      (b) Calendar Year Data Election. (Plan Section 1.29)

      [ ] In determining who is a Highly Compensated Employee (other than a
          Five Percent Owner), the Employer makes a calendar year data election
          by checking this box. The effect of this election is that the
          look-back year is the calendar year beginning with or within the
          look-back year.

   Note: If both of these elections are made, the look-back year in determining
         the top-paid group must be the calendar year beginning with or within
         the look-back year. If either election is made, the election(s) must
         apply consistently to the determination years of all plans of the
         Employer, except that (i) the consistency requirement does not apply to
         determination years beginning in 1997, and (ii) for determination years
         beginning in 1998 and 1999, satisfaction of the consistency requirement
         is determined without regard to any nonretirement plan of the Employer.


                                       10



   8.4 Testing Compensation. (Plan Section 3.1(j))

       For purposes of applying the ADP and ACP Tests, Testing Compensation will
       mean any definition of compensation permitted under section 414(s) of the
       Code and will mean (choose (a) or (b)):

       (a)[X] Testing Compensation paid to the Employee by the Employer during
              the entire Plan Year.

       (b)[ ] Testing Compensation paid to the Employee by the Employer only
              during that portion of the Plan Year during which the Employee was
              eligible to participate in the Plan.

9. Safe Harbor CODA Provisions.

   Note: Complete this Article if the Plan is intended to be a "safe harbor"
         cash or deferred arrangement.

   9.1 Compensation. Complete both (a) and (b) below. (Plan Section 1.52)

       For purposes of determining Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Safe
       Harbor Nonelective Contributions and ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
       Contributions, Total Compensation shall be used.

      (a) Total Compensation will mean a Participant's (choose one):

         (1)[ ] W-2 earnings (including salary deferrals).

         (2)[ ] Compensation as that term is defined in section 415 of the
                Code.

         (3)[ ] Wages as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code.

      (b) Total Compensation for a Plan Year will mean (choose one):

         (1)[ ] Total Compensation paid to the Employee by the Employer during
                the entire Plan Year.

         (2)[ ] Total Compensation paid to the Employee by the Employer only
                during that portion of the Plan Year during which the
                Participant was eligible to participate in the Plan.

   9.2 Type of Employer Safe Harbor Contribution. (Choose (a) or (b)) (Plan
       Section 4.2)

   Note: Formulas (a)(1) and (a)(2) automatically satisfy both the ADP and ACP
         Tests for a Plan Year if no other Matching Contributions are made
         during the Plan Year.

         Formula (b) (Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution) automatically
         satisfies the ADP Test for a Plan Year. If the Employer would like to
         make a matching contribution in addition to the Safe Harbor Nonelective
         Contribution, the ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
         automatically satisfies the ACP test for the Plan Year if no other
         matching contributions are made during the Plan Year.

         Regardless of what type of safe harbor contribution the Employer makes
         to the Plan, Employee After-Tax Contributions are always subject to the
         ACP Test. If the Employer makes any type of matching contributions in
         addition to matching contributions in formulas (a) or (b), the matching
         contributions are subject to the ACP Test using Current Year Testing.

         Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and Safe Harbor Nonelective
         Contributions are immediately nonforfeitable. ACP Test Only Safe Harbor
         Matching Contributions may be subject to a vesting schedule.

        (a) Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. (Choose (1) or (2))

         (1)[ ] Safe Harbor Basic Matching Contribution. The Employer shall
                contribute and allocate to each Participant's Safe Harbor
                Matching Contribution subaccount an amount equal to 100% of the
                Participant's Elective Deferrals up to 3% of the Participant's
                Total Compensation (as determined in accordance with Section
                9.1(a) above), plus 50% of the Participant's Elective Deferrals
                from 3% to 5% of the Participant's Total Compensation.

         (2)[ ] Safe Harbor Enhanced Matching Contribution. The Employer shall
                contribute and allocate to each Participant's Safe Harbor
                Matching Contribution subaccount an amount equal to ____% (must
                be at least 100%) of the Participant's Elective Deferrals up to
                ____% (must be at least 4% and cannot be more than 6%) of the
                Participant's Total Compensation.


                                       11



(b) Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. If the Employer selects (1), it may
elect (2).

         (1)[ ] Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution. The Employer shall
                contribute and allocate to each Participant's Safe Harbor
                Nonelective Contribution subaccount an amount equal to 3% of the
                Participant's Total Compensation for the Plan Year, regardless
                of whether the Participant has made contributions to the Plan
                during such Plan Year.

         (2)    ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contribution. In addition to
                the Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution, the Employer may elect
                to make the following ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
                Contribution (which automatically satisfies only the ACP Test):

                [ ] The Employer shall contribute and allocate to each
                    Participant's ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
                    Contribution subaccount an amount equal to ____% of the
                    Participant's Elective Deferrals up to ____% (cannot be more
                    than 6%) of the Participant's Total Compensation.

   9.3 Calculation of Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and ACP Test Only Safe
       Harbor Matching Contributions. For purposes of calculating the amount of
       Safe Harbor Matching Contributions and ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
       Contributions, such calculations shall be performed on the basis of a
       Participant's Elective Deferrals made and Total Compensation paid (choose
       one):

       (a)[ ] During each payroll period.

       (b)[ ] During the Plan Year (or, if 9.1(b)(2) is elected above, during
              the portion of the Plan Year during which the Participant was
              eligible to participate in the Plan).

   Note: Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions must be calculated on the basis
         of Total Compensation paid during the Plan Year (or, if 9.1(b)(2) is
         elected above, during that portion of the Plan Year during which the
         Participant was eligible to participate in the Plan).

10. Vesting and Forfeitures.

      10.1 Vesting of Certain Employer Contribution Accounts. (Plan Section 7.2)

           All Participant contribution subaccounts are 100% vested. Safe Harbor
           Matching Contribution and Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
           subaccounts are immediately 100% vested.

           Matching Contribution (including ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
           Contribution) and Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution
           subaccounts are vested in accordance with the following schedule.
           (Complete (a), (b) or (c)) If no schedule below is selected, a
           Participant shall be immediately 100% vested in all portions of his
           Account.

                                                                 Discretionary
                                                Matching        Profit Sharing
                                               Contributions     Contributions

           (a) 100% full and immediate              [ ]               [ ]
           (b) 5-year cliff (or graded)             [ ]               [ ]
               after 1 Year of Vesting Service         %                 %
               after 2 Years of Vesting Service        %                 %
               after 3 Years of Vesting Service        %                 %
               after 4 Years of Vesting Service        %                 %
               after 5 Years of Vesting Service     100%              100%


                                       12





                                                                   
(c)  7-year graded                                                  [X]     [X]
     after 1 Year of Vesting Service                                20%      20%
     after 2 Years of Vesting Service                               40%      40%
     (must be at least 20%) after 3 Years of Vesting Service        60%      60%
     (must be at least 40%) after 4 Years of Vesting Service        80%      80%
     (must be at least 60%) after 5 Years of Vesting Service       100%     100%
     (must be at least 80%) after 6 Years of Vesting Service       100%     100%
     after 7 Years of Vesting Service                              100%     100%


Note: For purposes of vesting, Matching Contributions includes ACP Test Only
      Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

10.2 Forfeitures. Forfeitures shall be allocated in accordance with the
     provisions of Section 5.5 of the Plan. To the extent provided in such
     Section, forfeitures of unvested Employer Contributions shall be (choose
     (a) or (b)):

     (a)[X] used to reduce Matching Contributions and/or Safe Harbor
            Contributions.

     (b)[ ] allocated among other Participants in accordance with the provisions
            of Section 5.5(f) of the Plan.

11. Loans. (Plan Article VIII)

     11.1 [ ] will not be permitted.

     11.2 [X] will be permitted up to 50% (not more than 50%) of the
              Participant's vested account balance.

12. In-Service Withdrawals.

     12.1 Hardship Distributions (Plan Section 9.3)

          (a)  Hardship distributions

               (1)[ ] will not be permitted.

               (2)[X] will be permitted.

          (b)  Hardship distributions may be made from

               (1)[ ] Elective Deferral subaccounts only.

               (2)[X] Elective Deferral, vested Employer Matching Contribution
                    and vested Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution
                    subaccounts.

Note: Hardship distributions of Qualified Non-Elective Contribution, Qualified
      Matching Contribution and Safe Harbor Contribution subaccounts are not
      allowed. For purposes of vesting, Matching Contributions includes ACP Test
      Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

     12.2 Age 59 1/2. In-service distributions after age 59 1/2(Plan Section
          9.4)

          (a) [X] will not be permitted.

          (b) [ ] will be permitted.

     12.3 Retirement Age. In-service distributions to Participants who have
          reached Early or Normal Retirement Age (Plan Section 9.2)

     (a)[ ] shall not be permitted except to the extent hardship and/or age 59
          1/2 in-service distributions are elected above.

     (b)[X] shall be permitted on and after the date the Participant has reached
            age 65.0 (not less than 59  1/2).


                                       13



13.  Benefits.

     A Participant shall be 100% vested in his Account if he is employed by the
     Employer upon reaching Normal or Early Retirement Age under the Plan.

     13.1 Normal Retirement Age. (Choose (a) or (b)) (Plan Section 1.35)

          (a)  [x] The date on which a Participant reaches age ______ (not more
                   than 65 or less than 55). If no age is indicated, Normal
                   Retirement Age shall be 65.

          (b)  [ ] The later of the date a Participant reaches age ________ (not
                   more than 65) or the _____ (not more than 5th) anniversary of
                   the day the Participant commenced participation in the Plan.
                   (The participation commencement date is the first day of the
                   first Plan Year in which the Participant commenced
                   participation in the Plan.)

     13.2 Early Retirement Age. (Choose (a) or (b)) (Plan Section 1.16)

          (a)  [x] Early retirement will not be permitted under the Plan.

          (b)  [ ] The date on which a Participant reaches age ______ (not less
                   than 55) and completes ______ Years of Vesting Service (not
                   more than 15).

     13.3 Method of Distribution. (Plan Section 10.7)

          Subject to Article XI of the Plan, benefits under the Plan shall be
          paid under the following method or methods (Choose (a), (b), and/or
          (c)):

          (a)  [x] Single sum payment;

          (b)  [x] Periodic installments;

          (c)  [ ] A paid-up annuity contract.

     Note:  If this is a continuation of an existing plan, you may eliminate a
            form of benefit previously offered only in accordance with section
            411(d)(6) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

     13.4 Required Beginning Date.

          The Plan provides that any Participant working for the Employer who
          reached age 70 1/2in years prior to 1997 (other than a Five Percent
          Owner) may elect to stop his minimum required distributions and
          restart distributions by the April 1 of the year after the year in
          which he retires from the Employer. When the Participant's benefits
          restart, there will be a new annuity starting date unless the
          following is elected (Plan Section 10.9(a)(vi)(B)(2)):

          [ ] There will not be a new annuity starting date when benefits
              restart after retirement.

14.  Top Heavy Provisions.

     In any Plan Year the Plan is determined to be top heavy, the following
     provisions shall become effective.

     14.1 Vesting. For any Plan Year in which this Plan is top heavy, the
          following minimum vesting schedule will automatically apply to the
          Plan (Choose (a), (b) or (c)) (Plan Section 12.4):

          (a)  [x]  Years of Vesting Service       Nonforfeitable Percentage
                          after 1 year               0%
                          after 2 years             20% (must be at least 20%)
                          after 3 years             40% (must be at least 40%)
                          after 4 years             60% (must be at least 60%)
                          after 5 years             80% (must be at least 80%)
                          after 6 years            100%


                                       14



          (b)[ ] Years of Vesting Service          Vested Percentage

                     1 year   _____%                 ________%

                     2 years  _____%                 ________%

                     3 years 100% 100%
________________________________________________________________________________

          (c)[ ] See vesting schedule selected in Section 10 of this Adoption
                 Agreement. (This option may be selected only if the vesting
                 schedule(s) selected in Section 10 of this Adoption Agreement
                 is(are) at least as rapid as one of the top-heavy vesting
                 schedules shown in (a) and (b) above.)

          If the vesting schedule under the Plan shifts in or out of the above
          schedule for any Plan Year because of the Plan's top heavy status,
          such shift is an amendment to the vesting schedule and the election in
          Section 7.4 of the Plan applies.

     14.2 Minimum Allocation. If the Participant also participates in another
          qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the Employer, the
          required minimum allocation shall be provided (Choose (a) or (b))
          (Plan Section 12.3(d)):

          (a)[X] under this Plan.

          (b)[ ] under the following qualified plan maintained by the Employer:

     ___________________________________________________________________________


15.  Allocation Limitation.

All Employers must complete Section 15.1 of this Adoption Agreement. If the
Employer maintains or ever maintained another qualified plan in which any
Participant in this Plan is (or was) a Participant or could become a
Participant, the Employer may be required to complete Sections 15.2 and 15.3 of
this Adoption Agreement. If the Employer does not maintain and never maintained
any other qualified plan in which any Participant in this Plan is (or was) a
Participant or could become a Participant, the Employer must check this box [X]
and it need not complete Sections 15.2 and 15.3 of this Adoption Agreement.

     15.1 Annual Additions Compensation. For purposes of determining Annual
          Additions Limitations, Annual Additions Compensation shall be used.
          Annual Additions Compensation shall mean the following type of
          compensation paid to a Participant during the Plan Year (choose one)
          (Plan Section 6.1(a)):

          (a)[X] W-2 earnings (including salary deferrals).

          (b)[ ] Compensation as defined in section 415 of the Code.

          (c)[ ] Wages as defined in section 3401(a) of the Code.

     15.2 Multiple Defined Contribution Plans. If the Participant is covered
          under another qualified defined contribution plan maintained by the
          Employer other than a master or prototype plan (choose one) (Plan
          Section 6.3(g)):

          (a)[ ] The provisions of (a) through (f) of Section 6.3 of the Plan
                 will apply as if the other plan were a master or prototype
                 plan.

          (b)[ ] Provide below the method under which the plans will limit total
                 Annual Additions to the maximum permissible amount, and will
                 properly reduce any excess amounts, in a manner that precludes
                 Employer discretion.
     ___________________________________________________________________________

     ___________________________________________________________________________

     ___________________________________________________________________________

     ___________________________________________________________________________



                                       15



     15.3 Defined Benefit Plan. For Limitation Years beginning before January 1,
          2000, if the Participant is or has ever been a Participant in a
          defined benefit plan maintained by the Employer, the Employer must
          provide below the method it will use to satisfy the limitation for
          defined contribution plans in section 415(c) of the Code and, for
          Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 2000, the 1.0 limitation
          of section 415(e) of the Code, in a manner that precludes Employer
          discretion. (Plan Section 6.4)

          _________________________________________________________________

          _________________________________________________________________

          _________________________________________________________________

          _________________________________________________________________


16.  Employer Securities. (Plan Sections 1.1 and 5.6) (Choose 16.1 or 16.2)

     16.1[X] The Plan does not permit investment in qualifying employer
             securities, within the meaning of section 407(d)(5) of ERISA.

     16.2[ ] The Plan may invest in qualifying employer securities, within the
             meaning of section 407(d)(5) of ERISA. Unless otherwise limited by
             supplement to this Adoption Agreement, Accounts may be invested in
             qualifying employer securities in the same manner as other
             allowable Investment Options under the terms of the Plan and the
             Trust Agreement.

17.  Plan Administration. (Plan Article XIII)

     The Administrator of the Plan shall be (Choose 17.1, 17.2, 17.3 or 17.4):

     Note: Neither T. Rowe Price Trust Company nor any of its affiliates may be
     appointed Plan Administrator.

     17.1 [ ] The Trustee;

     17.2 [ ] The Employer;

     17.3 [X] Retirement Plan Committee;

     17.4 [ ] Other (complete the following).

              Name: ____________________________________________________________

              Address: _________________________________________________________

     Note: If no Plan Administrator is indicated above, the Employer shall be
           deemed the Plan Administrator.

17.  Supplements.

     If additional space is required to specify an elective feature under the
     Plan or to amend the Plan, please attach additional pages as needed. Each
     additional page must reference the Section of the Adoption Agreement or the
     Plan to which the amendment applies and must be signed by the Employer and
     Trustee(s). In addition, each supplemental page must be numbered, and the
     total number of pages in the Adoption Agreement and additional pages must
     be indicated in the last Section of the Adoption Agreement.


                                       16



18.  The Trustee(s).

     The Employer hereby appoints the following to serve as Trustee(s):

     Name: T. Rowe Price Trust Company
     ___________________________________________________________________________
     (Print or type complete legal name)

     Address:___________________________________________________________________


             ___________________________________________________________________


             _________________________________   _______________________________
             Witness                             Signature of Trustee

     Dated:___________________________   (If the Trustee is a business entity,
                                         the signa- ture must be that of an
                                         authorized individual for the business.
                                         Also, please print below the name and
                                         title of the authorized individual:

                                         ______________________________________)

     Name:______________________________________________________________________


     Address:___________________________________________________________________


             ___________________________________________________________________


             _________________________________   _______________________________
             Witness                             Signature of Trustee

     Dated:___________________________   (If the Trustee is a business entity,
                                         the signa- ture must be that of an
                                         authorized individual for the business.
                                         Also, please print below the name and
                                         title of the authorized individual:

                                         ______________________________________)


     Name:______________________________________________________________________


     Address:___________________________________________________________________


             ___________________________________________________________________


             _________________________________   _______________________________
             Witness                             Signature of Trustee

     Dated:___________________________   (If the Trustee is a business entity,
                                         the signa- ture must be that of an
                                         authorized individual for the business.
                                         Also, please print below the name and
                                         title of the authorized individual:

                                         ______________________________________)


                                       17



19.  Employer Signature.

     The Employer represents that the information in this Adoption Agreement
     shall become effective only when approved and countersigned by the
     Trustee(s). The right to reject this Adoption Agreement for any reason is
     reserved by the Trustee(s).

     Note: The Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal
           Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under Code
           section 401 only to the extent provided in Announcement 2001-77,
           2001-30 I.R.B. The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in
           certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification
           requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with
           respect to the plan and in Announcement 2001-77. In order to have
           reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification
           requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to
           Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

     Employers with inquiries regarding the adoption of the prototype plan
     document, the sponsoring organization's intended meaning of any prototype
     plan document provision or the effect of the Opinion Letter should call:

               T. Rowe Price Trust Company
               100 East Pratt Street
               Baltimore, Maryland 21202
               (410) 345-4432

     This Adoption Agreement consists of a total of 27 pages, which consist of
     this Adoption Agreement and

     [x]  If this box is checked, the Optional Supplement to this Adoption
          Agreement. (The Optional Supplement may be used only by an Employer
          retroactively restating its plan for GUST. It may not be used after
          the GUST restatement period.)

     [x]  If this box is checked, supplemental page(s) consisting of 1 page(s).

     Also check one of the following:

     [ ]  Changes have been made to the plan document and/or trust agreement
          that are not included in a supplemental page.

     [x]  No changes have been made to the plan document and/or trust agreement
          that are not included in a supplemental page.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be
executed by its duly authorized officers this ____ day of August, 2002.

             LTX Corporation
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
             Employer (Print or type complete legal name)



             By:
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Authorized Signature of Employer

                Mark J. Gallenberger, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Name and Title (Please print or type)


                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Date




                                       18



Duplicate Signature Page

If T. Rowe Price is your Trustee, please sign and return both sets of signature
pages. If T. Rowe Price is not your Trustee, please sign and return only one set
of signature pages.

18.  The Trustee(s).

     The Employer hereby appoints the following to serve as Trustee(s):

            T. Rowe Price Trust Company
     Name:______________________________________________________________________
          (Print or type complete legal name)

     Address:___________________________________________________________________


             ___________________________________________________________________


             _____________________________      ________________________________
             Witness                            Signature of Trustee

     Dated:_______________________________      (If the Trustee is a business
                                                entity, the signature must be
                                                that of an authorized individual
                                                for the business. Also, please
                                                print below the name and title
                                                of the authorized individual:

                                                _______________________________)


     Name:______________________________________________________________________

     Address:___________________________________________________________________


             ___________________________________________________________________


             _____________________________      ________________________________
             Witness                            Signature of Trustee

     Dated:_______________________________      (If the Trustee is a business
                                                entity, the signature must be
                                                that of an authorized individual
                                                for the business. Also, please
                                                print below the name and title
                                                of the authorized individual:

                                                _______________________________)


     Name:______________________________________________________________________

     Address:___________________________________________________________________


             ___________________________________________________________________


             _____________________________      ________________________________
             Witness                            Signature of Trustee

     Dated:_______________________________      (If the Trustee is a business
                                                entity, the signature must be
                                                that of an authorized individual
                                                for the business. Also, please
                                                print below the name and title
                                                of the authorized individual:

                                                _______________________________)


                                       19



Duplicate Signature Page

If T. Rowe Price is your Trustee, please sign and return both sets of signature
pages. If T. Rowe Price is not your Trustee, please sign and return only one set
of signature pages.

19.  Employer Signature.

     The Employer represents that the information in this Adoption Agreement
     shall become effective only when approved and countersigned by the
     Trustee(s). The right to reject this Adoption Agreement for any reason is
     reserved by the Trustee(s).

     Note: The Employer may rely on an opinion letter issued by the Internal
           Revenue Service as evidence that the Plan is qualified under Code
           section 401 only to the extent provided in Announcement 2001-77,
           2001-30 I.R.B. The Employer may not rely on the opinion letter in
           certain other circumstances or with respect to certain qualification
           requirements, which are specified in the opinion letter issued with
           respect to the plan and in Announcement 2001-77. In order to have
           reliance in such circumstances or with respect to such qualification
           requirements, application for a determination letter must be made to
           Employee Plans Determinations of the Internal Revenue Service.

     Employers with inquiries regarding the adoption of the prototype plan
     document, the sponsoring organization's intended meaning of any prototype
     plan document provision or the effect of the Opinion Letter should call:

               T. Rowe Price Trust Company
               100 East Pratt Street
               Baltimore, Maryland 21202
               (410) 345-4432

     This Adoption Agreement consists of a total of 27 pages, which consist of
     this Adoption Agreement and

     [x]  If this box is checked, the Optional Supplement to this Adoption
          Agreement. (The Optional Supplement may be used only by an Employer
          retroactively restating its plan for GUST. It may not be used after
          the GUST restatement period.)

     [x]  If this box is checked, supplemental page(s) consisting of 1 page(s).

     Also check one of the following:

     [ ]  Changes have been made to the plan document and/or trust agreement
          that are not included in a supplemental page.

     [x]  No changes have been made to the plan document and/or trust agreement
          that are not included in a supplemental page.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Adoption Agreement to be
executed by its duly authorized officers this ____ day of August, 2002.

             LTX Corporation
             -------------------------------------------------------------------
             Employer (Print or type complete legal name)



             By:
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Authorized Signature of Employer

                Mark J. Gallenberger, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Name and Title (Please print or type)


                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Date


                                       20











                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

















































                                       21



GUST TRANSITION OPTIONAL SUPPLEMENT
TO THE T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN ADOPTION AGREEMENT

(Defined Contribution Plan #001 of Basic Plan Document #03)

Instructions: Only an Employer that is retroactively restating its plan for GUST
needs to complete this Optional Supplement. If the Employer needs to use this
Optional Supplement to conform the plan document to the operation of the Plan,
complete all applicable sections below, execute this Optional Supplement and
check the first box at the end of section 19 of the Adoption Agreement.

1.  Family Aggregation

    The plan document provides that the family aggregation rules shall no longer
    apply in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1996. If the Employer
    elects to continue to apply the family aggregation rules of sections
    401(a)(17)(A) and 414(q)(6) of the Code to conform this plan document to the
    operation of the Plan, check the box below and describe the last Plan Year
    the family aggregation rules will apply (Plan Sections 1.13(f) and 1.29):

    [ ]
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------


2.  Combined Plan Limit of Code Section 415(e)

    The plan document provides that the combined plan limit of Code Section
    415(e) shall no longer apply to Limitation Years beginning after December
    31, 1999. If the Employer desires to continue the combined plan limit of
    Code Section 415(e) after the Limitation Year beginning in 1999 in order to
    conform this plan document to the operation of the Plan, check the box below
    and describe the last Limitation Year the combined plan limit will apply
    (Plan Section 6.4):

    [ ]
          ----------------------------------------------------------------------


    Note: The last Limitation Year designated here also will apply for purposes
          of section 15.3 of the Adoption Agreement, if applicable.

    Note: Family aggregation and the combined plan limit may be extended only
          for a limited time. They may be extended only through years beginning
          before the date the Employer adopts its GUST-restated plan.

3.  Hardship distributions

    The plan document provides that a hardship distribution from a Participant's
    Elective Deferral subaccount after December 31, 1998, shall not qualify as
    an eligible rollover distribution. (Plan Section 10.7(b)(i))

    [ ]   By checking this box the Employer elects that a hardship distribution
          from a Participant's Elective Deferral subaccount in 1999 shall
          qualify as an eligible rollover distribution.

4.  Spousal Consent to Loans

    The plan document provides that for Plan Years beginning before January 1,
    2002 (or such earlier date the Employer elects below), a Participant's
    spouse must consent to a loan if any part of the Participant's account
    balance is used for security for a loan. For Plan Years beginning on and
    after January 1, 2002 (or such earlier date the Employer elects below), a
    spouse's consent to a loan will be required only if a part of the
    Participant's account balance that is subject to the qualified joint and
    survivor annuity requirements of the Retirement Equity Act of 1984 ("REACT")
    is used as security for the loan. (Plan Section 8.1(b)(ii))


                                       22



    If the Employer did not require spousal consent to loans (except to the
    extent required by REACT) at an earlier date and desires to conform this
    plan document to the operation of the Plan, check the applicable box below
    and insert the appropriate date the Plan first did not require spousal
    consent to loans:

    [x]   Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997 (no earlier than
          1997 and no later than 2001).

    [ ]   _______________, ______ (If the first date the Plan did not require
          spousal consent to loans is not on the first day of a Plan Year,
          insert the actual date the Plan first did not require spousal consent
          to loans.)

5.  ADP and ACP Nondiscrimination Testing

    For Plan Years beginning after 1996, an Employer may elect to use current
    year or prior year data for Non-Highly Compensated Employees in performing
    the ADP and ACP Tests. In order to conform this plan document with the
    operation of the Plan for Plan Years beginning before the Employer adopts
    this prototype plan for its GUST-restated plan, the Employer must complete
    the following (Plan Sections 3.6(a) and 3.7(a)):

    Plan Year Begins           ADP Test                   ACP Test
    ----------------           --------                   --------

       January 1    , 1997     [ ]  Current Year Data     [ ]  Current Year Data
    ----------------           [x]  Prior Year Data       [x]  Prior Year Data

       January 1    , 1998     [ ]  Current Year Data     [ ]  Current Year Data
    ----------------           [x]  Prior Year Data       [x]  Prior Year Data

       January 1    , 1999     [ ]  Current Year Data     [ ]  Current Year Data
    ----------------           [x]  Prior Year Data       [x]  Prior Year Data

       January 1    , 2000     [x]  Current Year Data     [x]  Current Year Data
    ----------------           [ ]  Prior Year Data       [ ]  Prior Year Data

       January 1    , 2001     [ ]  Current Year Data     [ ]  Current Year Data
    ----------------           [x]  Prior Year Data       [x]  Prior Year Data

       January 1    , 2002     [ ]  Current Year Data     [ ]  Current Year Data
    ----------------           [x]  Prior Year Data       [x]  Prior Year Data


    Note: The Plan must use the same testing method for both the ADP Test and
          the ACP Test in any Plan Year beginning on or after the date the
          Employer adopts its GUST-restated prototype plan.

6.  Calendar Year Calculation Election

    [ ]   By checking this box, for the Plan Year beginning in 1997, the
          Employer makes the election to use the calendar year ending with or
          within the determination year to determine whether an Employee is a
          Highly Compensated Employee in the look-back year. (Plan Section 1.29)

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Optional Supplement to the
    Adoption Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer this ___
    day of August, 2002.


                LTX Corporation
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Name of Employer (Please print)



                By:
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Authorized Signature for Employer


                Mark J. Gallenberger, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Name and Title (Please print)


                                       23


















                      [THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

























                                       24




EGTRRA ADOPTION AGREEMENT
FOR THE 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
SPONSORED BY T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY

This EGTRRA Adoption Agreement is intended to be adopted with the T. Rowe Price
Trust Company 401(k) Retirement Plan Adoption Agreement for basic plan document
#03, which is a prototype profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred
arrangement, sponsored by T. Rowe Price Trust Company.

I.   Minimum Top-Heavy Benefits for Employees Also Covered Under Another Plan:

     The employer should describe below the extent, if any, to which the
     top-heavy minimum benefit requirement of section 416(c) of the Code shall
     be met in another plan. This should include the name of the other plan, the
     minimum benefit that will be provided under such other plan and the
     employees who will receive the minimum benefit under such other plan. (Plan
     Article XII and EGTRRA Amendment Article IV)


     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------

     ---------------------------------------------------------------------------


II.  VESTING OF EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

     Note:   An employer must complete this Article II even if the vesting
             schedule for employer matching contributions is already at least as
             rapid as one of the vesting schedules shown below. (EGTRRA
             Amendment Article V)

     A.      Vesting Schedule for Employer Matching Contributions. (choose one
             and complete any blanks under "Nonforfeitable Percentage" in the
             option you select):

             Note: The selected vesting schedule will apply to all participants,
                   regardless of whether they have an hour of service after
                   2001, and will apply to all matching contributions,
                   regardless of when they were made.

             [ ]   Option 1.  A participant's accrued benefit derived from
                   employer matching contributions shall be fully and
                   immediately vested.

             [ ]   Option 2.  A participant's accrued benefit derived from
                   employer matching contributions shall vest according to the
                   following schedule:

                      Years of Vesting Service       Nonforfeitable Percentage

                            after 1 year                     _______%
                            after 2 years                    _______%
                            after 3 years                        100%


             [x]   Option 3. A participant's accrued benefit derived from
                   employer matching contributions shall vest according to the
                   following schedule:

                      Years of Vesting Service       Nonforfeitable Percentage
                            after 1 year              20%
                            after 2 years             40% (must be at least 20%)
                            after 3 years             60% (must be at least 40%)
                            after 4 years             80% (must be at least 60%)
                            after 5 years            100% (must be at least 80%)
                            after 6 years            100%


                                       25



      B.   Vesting Schedule for Other Employer Contributions.

           Check the following option if the vesting schedule selected in A
           above will apply to all employer contributions in the same manner the
           vesting schedule selected in A applies to employer matching
           contributions.

           [x]  The vesting schedule selected in A above will apply to all
                employer contributions.

III.  Rollovers From Other Plans (EGTRRA Amendment Article VII)

      A.   Rollovers. (Choose one)

           [ ]  1.  The plan does not accept any type of rollover. (If this
                    option is selected, skip to B below.)

           [x]  2.  The plan will accept participant rollover contributions
                    and/or direct rollovers of distributions made after December
                    31, 2001, from the types of plans specified below beginning
                    on the effective date specified in B, below. (Complete a, b
                    and c below)

           a.   Direct Rollovers. (rollovers made directly from another plan)
                (Choose i or ii)

                [ ]  i.  No, the plan will not accept a direct rollover
                         of an eligible rollover distribution from any type of
                         plan.

                [x] ii.  Yes, the plan will accept a direct rollover of an
                         eligible rollover distribution from (check each one
                         that applies):

                         [ ]  a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or
                              403(a) of the Code, including after-tax employee
                              contributions.

                         [x]  a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or
                              403(a) of the Code, excluding after-tax employee
                              contributions.

                         [ ]  an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of
                              the Code, excluding after-tax employee
                              contributions.

                         [x]  an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code
                              which is maintained by a state, a political
                              subdivision of a state, or any agency or
                              instrumentality of a state or political
                              subdivision of a state.

           b.   Indirect Rollovers. (participant rollover contributions from
                other plans) (choose i or ii)

                [x]  i.  No, the plan will not accept a participant indirect
                         rollover contribution of an eligible rollover
                         distribution from any type of plan.

                [ ] ii.  Yes, the plan will accept a participant indirect
                         rollover contribution of an eligible rollover
                         distribution from (check each one that applies):

                         [ ]  a qualified plan described in section 401(a) or
                              403(a) of the Code.

                         [ ]  an annuity contract described in section 403(b) of
                              the Code.

                         [ ]  an eligible plan under section 457(b) of the Code
                              which is maintained by a state, a political
                              subdivision of a state, or any agency or
                              instrumentality of a state or political
                              subdivision of a state.

                Note:  Under EGTRRA, indirect rollovers from a plan cannot
                       include after-tax employee contributions.

           c.   Participant Rollover Contributions from Traditional IRAs.

                The plan (choose one):

                [ ] will

                [x] will not

                                       26



               accept a participant rollover contribution of the portion of a
               distribution from an individual retirement account or annuity
               described in section 408(a) or 408(b) of the Code that is
               eligible to be rolled over and would otherwise be includible in
               gross income.

               Note: Under EGTRRA, contributory and conduit Traditional IRAs may
                     be rolled over to a qualified 401(a) plan; however,
                     nondeductible contributions and after-tax contributions in
                     a Traditional IRA are not eligible for rollover to a
                     qualified 401(a) plan.

     B.   Effective Date of Rollover Provision. The foregoing rollover
          election(s) shall be effective 01/01/2002 (enter a date no earlier
          than January 1, 2002).

IV.  CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS (EGTRRA Amendment Article IX)

     A.   Eligibility to Make Catch-Up Contributions. (Choose one)

          [x]  Catch-up contributions shall not be permitted.

          [ ]  Catch-up contributions shall be permitted after
               ____________________ (insert a date no earlier than December 31,
               2001).

     B.   Catch-Up Contributions and Matching Contributions. Complete this
          section B only if catch-up contributions are permitted

          In determining the amount of a participant's employer matching
          contributions (choose one),

          [ ]  Catch-up contributions shall be counted.

          [ ]  Catch-up contributions shall not be counted.

V.   Distributions Upon Severance From Employment (EGTRRA Amendment Article XI)
     (Choose one)

     [ ]  The plan will not permit distributions upon a severance from
          employment.

     [x]  The plan will permit distributions upon a severance from employment
          regardless of when the severance from employment occurred.

     This EGTRRA Adoption Agreement consists of ___ pages, which consist of this
     EGTRRA Adoption Agreement and

     [ ]  If this box is checked, supplemental page(s) consisting of ___
          page(s).

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this EGTRRA Adoption Agreement to be
executed by its duly authorized officers this _____ day of August, 2002.



            LTX Corporation
            ----------------------------------------------------------------
            (Print Name of Employer)


            By:
                ------------------------------------------------------------
                Authorized Signature for Employer


                Mark J. Gallenberger, Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
                ----------------------------------------------------------------
                Name and Title (please print)


                                       27



                               Supplemental Page
                       TO THE T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
                   401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN ADOPTION AGREEMENT

1.   Effective January 1, 2002, under Section 12.2 of the Adoption Agreement
     in-service distributions after age (Plan Section 9.4) will be permitted and
     Section 12.2 is amended to provide that the box opposite Section 12.2(b) is
     checked and the box opposite Section 12.2(a) is not checked.

2.   Effective January 1, 1997, a Participant may elect to defer an amount up to
     15% of his or her compensation paid during a pay period.

3.   Effective November 1, 2002, under Section 6.1(b) of the Adoption Agreement,
     a Participant may elect to defer an amount up to 20% of his or her
     compensation paid during a pay period.

4.   Effective January 1, 1997, as provided in Section 4.2 of the Adoption
     Agreement, the Entry Dates shall be the date on which the eligibility
     requirements of the Plan are met.

5.   Effective January 1, 2002, hardship withdrawals shall not be limited to 80%
     of a participant's account and shall be subject to the terms of the
     Adoption Agreement and the prototype plan.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this Supplemental Page to be
executed by its duly authorized officers this __ day of August, 2002.


              LTX Corporation

              By:
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                                (Authorized Signature of Employer)

                  Mark J. Gallenberger, Vice President & Chief Financial Officer
                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  Name and Title (Please print or type)

                  --------------------------------------------------------------
                  Date


The Employer hereby appoints the following to serve as Trustee(s):


              Name:    T. Rowe Price Trust Company
                       ---------------------------------------------------------
              Address:
                       ---------------------------------------------------------

                       ---------------------------------------------------------

                       ---------------------------------------------------------

                       ----------------------------   --------------------------
                       Witness                        Signature of Trustee


              Dated:
                       ----------------------------   (If the Trustee is a
                                                      business entity, The
                                                      signature must be that of
                                                      an Authorized individual
                                                      for the business. Also,
                                                      please print below the
                                                      name and Title of the
                                                      authorized individual.)
                                                      --------------------------



                                      S-1



                          T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
                                PROTOTYPE 401(k)
                                 RETIREMENT PLAN






































                                       29



TABLE OF CONTENTS
PLAN DOCUMENTS

ARTICLE  I - DEFINITIONS ...................................................  34
               1.1      ACCOUNT ............................................  34
               1.2      ACP TEST ONLY SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ...  35
               1.3      ACP TEST ...........................................  35
               1.4      ADMINISTRATOR OR PLAN ADMINISTRATOR ................  35
               1.5      ADOPTION AGREEMENT .................................  35
               1.6      ADP TEST ...........................................  35
               1.7      AFFILIATED EMPLOYER ................................  35
               1.8      ANNUAL ADDITIONS ...................................  35
               1.9      BENEFITING .........................................  36
               1.10     BENEFICIARY ........................................  36
               1.11     BREAKS IN SERVICE ..................................  36
               1.12     CODE ...............................................  36
               1.13     COMPENSATION .......................................  36
               1.14     CURRENT YEAR TESTING ...............................  37
               1.15     DISCRETIONARY PROFIT SHARING .......................  37
               1.16     EARLY RETIREMENT AGE ...............................  37
               1.17     EARNED INCOME ......................................  37
               1.18     EFFECTIVE DATE .....................................  37
               1.19     ELAPSED TIME .......................................  37
               1.20     ELECTIVE DEFERRALS .................................  38
               1.21     EMPLOYEE ...........................................  38
               1.22     EMPLOYEE AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS ...................  38
               1.23     EMPLOYER ...........................................  38
               1.24     EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTION ACCOUNTS .....................  39
               1.25     ENTRY DATE .........................................  39
               1.26     ERISA ..............................................  39
               1.27     FAMILY MEMBER ......................................  39
               1.28     FIVE PERCENT OWNER .................................  39
               1.29     HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE ........................  39
               1.30     HOUR OF SERVICE ....................................  39
               1.31     INVESTMENT OPTIONS .................................  40
               1.32     LEASED EMPLOYEE ....................................  40
               1.33     MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS .............................  41
               1.34     NON-HIGHLY COMPENSATED EMPLOYEE ....................  41
               1.35     NORMAL RETIREMENT AGE ..............................  41
               1.36     OPTIONAL SUPPLEMENT ................................  41
               1.37     OWNER-EMPLOYEE .....................................  41
               1.38     PARTICIPANT ........................................  41
               1.39     PARTICIPANT-DIRECTED TRANSFER ......................  41
               1.40     PLAN ...............................................  41
               1.41     PLAN YEAR ..........................................  41
               1.42     QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS ...................  41
               1.43     QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS ................  41
               1.44     RETIREMENT .........................................  41
               1.45     ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS .............................  41
               1.46     SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS ..........................  41
               1.47     SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS .................  41
               1.48     SAFE HARBOR NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS ..............  41
               1.49     SECTION 415 COMPENSATION ...........................  42
               1.50     SELF-EMPLOYED INDIVIDUAL ...........................  42
               1.51     SPONSOR ............................................  42


                                       30



                                                                         
               1.52     TOTAL COMPENSATION ....................................... 42
               1.53     TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY ........................... 42
               1.54     TRUST OR TRUST FUND ...................................... 43
               1.55     TRUST AGREEMENT .......................................... 43
               1.56     TRUSTEE .................................................. 43
               1.57     VALUATION DATE ........................................... 43
               1.58     YEAR OF ELIGIBILITY SERVICE .............................. 43
               1.59     YEAR OF VESTING SERVICE .................................. 43

ARTICLE  II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION ...................................... 43
               2.1      ACTIVE PARTICIPATION ..................................... 43
               2.2      EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN EMPLOYEES ........................... 43
               2.3      PREDECESSOR EMPLOYERS .................................... 44
               2.4      RE-EMPLOYMENT ............................................ 44

ARTICLE  III - CONTRIBUTIONS ..................................................... 44
               3.1      DEFINITIONS .............................................. 44
               3.2      EMPLOYEE CONTRIBUTIONS ................................... 46
               3.3      EMPLOYER CONTRIBUTIONS ................................... 47
               3.4      CONTRIBUTION LIMITATION .................................. 47
               3.5      EXCESS ELECTIVE DEFERRALS ................................ 48
               3.6      ACTUAL DEFERRAL PERCENTAGE TEST .......................... 48
               3.7      AVERAGE CONTRIBUTION PERCENTAGE TEST ..................... 50
               3.8      MULTIPLE USE TEST ........................................ 51
               3.9      PREVENTION OR CURE OF ADP TEST FAILURES .................. 52
               3.10     PREVENTION OR CURE OF ACP TEST FAILURES .................. 52
               3.11     DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS TO CURE ADP TEST
                        FAILURE .................................................. 52
               3.12     QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTIONS TO PREVENT OR
                        CURE ADP AND/OR ACP TEST FAILURE ......................... 53
               3.13     QUALIFIED MATCHING CONTRIBUTION TO PREVENT OR CURE ADP
                        AND/OR ACP TEST FAILURE .................................. 53
               3.14     RECHARACTERIZATION OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTION TO CURE ADP
                        TEST FAILURE ............................................. 54
               3.15     SAFE HARBOR NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION TO PREVENT ADP
                        TEST FAILURE ............................................. 54
               3.16     ELECTIVE DEFERRALS TO CURE ACP TEST FAILURE .............. 54
               3.17     FORFEITURE AND/OR DISTRIBUTION OF EXCESS AGGREGATE
                        CONTRIBUTIONS TO CURE ACP TEST FAILURE ................... 54

ARTICLE  IV - SAFE HARBOR CODA ................................................... 55
               4.1      RULES OF APPLICATION ..................................... 55
               4.2      SAFE HARBOR CONTRIBUTIONS ................................ 55
               4.3      NOTICE REQUIREMENT ....................................... 55
               4.4      SPECIAL RULE ............................................. 56

ARTICLE  V - ALLOCATION OF FUNDS ................................................. 56
               5.1      ALLOCATION OF DISCRETIONARY PROFIT SHARING CONTRIBUTIONS . 56
               5.2      ALLOCATION OF NET EARNINGS OR LOSSES OF THE TRUST ........ 57
               5.3      VALUATIONS ............................................... 57
               5.4      ACCOUNTING FOR DISTRIBUTIONS ............................. 57
               5.5      ALLOCATION OF FORFEITURES ................................ 57
               5.6      INVESTMENT OF FUNDS ...................................... 58

 
                                       31



ARTICLE  VI - LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS ..................................... 58
               6.1      DEFINITIONS ......................................... 58
               6.2      PARTICIPANTS NOT COVERED UNDER OTHER PLANS .......... 60
               6.3      PARTICIPANTS COVERED UNDER OTHER DEFINED
                        CONTRIBUTION PLANS .................................. 61
               6.4      PARTICIPANTS COVERED UNDER BOTH DEFINED BENEFIT
                        AND DEFINED CONTRIBUTION PLANS ...................... 62

ARTICLE  VII - VESTING ...................................................... 62
               7.1      EMPLOYEE AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTION, ELECTIVE DEFERRAL,
                        ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTION, PARTICIPANT-DIRECTED TRANSFER,
                        QUALIFIED NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION, QUALIFIED MATCHING
                        CONTRIBUTION, SAFE HARBOR MATCHING CONTRIBUTION AND
                        SAFE HARBOR NONELECTIVE CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNTS .... 62
               7.2      MATCHING CONTRIBUTION, DISCRETIONARY PROFIT SHARING
                        CONTRIBUTION AND ACP TEST ONLY SAFE HARBOR MATCHING
                        CONTRIBUTION SUBACCOUNTS ............................ 62
               7.3      DETERMINATION OF YEARS OF VESTING SERVICE ........... 63
               7.4      AMENDMENTS TO VESTING SCHEDULE ...................... 64
               7.5      FORFEITURE OF NONVESTED AMOUNTS ..................... 64
               7.6      REINSTATEMENT OF BENEFIT ............................ 65

ARTICLE  VIII - LOANS ....................................................... 65
               8.1      GENERAL PROVISIONS .................................. 65
               8.2      AMOUNT OF LOAN ...................................... 65
               8.3      MANNER OF MAKING LOANS .............................. 66
               8.4      TERM OF LOAN ........................................ 66
               8.5      SECURITY FOR LOAN ................................... 66
               8.6      SEGREGATED INVESTMENT ............................... 66
               8.7      REPAYMENT OF LOAN ................................... 66
               8.8      DEFAULT ON LOAN ..................................... 66

ARTICLE  IX - IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS ........................................ 66
               9.1      WITHDRAWAL OF EMPLOYEE AFTER-TAX CONTRIBUTIONS,
                        ROLLOVER CONTRIBUTIONS AND TRANSFER CONTRIBUTIONS ... 66
               9.2      WITHDRAWAL AFTER ATTAINMENT OF EARLY OR NORMAL
                        RETIREMENT AGE ...................................... 67
               9.3      HARDSHIP WITHDRAWALS ................................ 67
               9.4      AGE 59 1/2WITHDRAWALS ............................... 67
               9.5      MANNER OF MAKING WITHDRAWALS ........................ 67
               9.6      LIMITATIONS ON WITHDRAWALS .......................... 68
               9.7      SPECIAL CIRCUMSTANCES ............................... 68

ARTICLE  X - DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS ........................................ 68
               10.1     RETIREMENT DISTRIBUTIONS ............................ 68
               10.2     DEATH BENEFITS ...................................... 68
               10.3     TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY BENEFITS ............. 70
               10.4     TERMINATION OF EMPLOYMENT PRIOR TO RETIREMENT, DEATH
                        OR TOTAL AND PERMANENT DISABILITY ................... 70
               10.5     COMMENCEMENT OF LIFETIME DISTRIBUTIONS .............. 70
               10.6     COMMENCEMENT OF DEATH BENEFITS ...................... 71
               10.7     METHODS OF DISTRIBUTIONS ............................ 72
               10.8     MISSING PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES .............. 73
               10.9     MINIMUM REQUIRED DISTRIBUTIONS ...................... 73


                                       32



                                                                            
ARTICLE  XI - JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS ............................ 76
               11.1     APPLICABILITY ............................................ 76
               11.2     DEFINITIONS .............................................. 76
               11.3     QUALIFIED JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY ..................... 77
               11.4     QUALIFIED PRERETIREMENT SURVIVOR ANNUITY ................. 77
               11.5     NOTICE REQUIREMENT ....................................... 77
               11.6     SPECIAL RULE FOR PROFIT SHARING PLANS .................... 79
               11.7     TRANSITIONAL RULES ....................................... 79

ARTICLE  XII - TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS .............................................. 80
               12.1     APPLICABILITY ............................................ 80
               12.2     DEFINITIONS .............................................. 80
               12.3     MINIMUM ALLOCATION ....................................... 82
               12.4     VESTING .................................................. 83

ARTICLE  XIII - ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN ........................................... 83
               13.1     DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITY OF FIDUCIARIES; ALLOCATION OF
                        FIDUCIARY RESPONSIBILITY ................................. 83
               13.2     POWERS AND RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR .... 83
               13.3     ALLOCATION OF DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES ................ 84
               13.4     APPOINTMENT OF THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR .................... 84
               13.5     EXPENSES ................................................. 84
               13.6     LIABILITIES .............................................. 84
               13.7     CLAIMS PROCEDURE ......................................... 84

ARTICLE  XIV - AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER ................................. 85
               14.1     AMENDMENT ................................................ 85
               14.2     PLAN TERMINATION; DISCONTINUANCE OF EMPLOYER
                        CONTRIBUTIONS ............................................ 86
               14.3     SUCCESSOR EMPLOYER ....................................... 86
               14.4     MERGER, CONSOLIDATION OR TRANSFER ........................ 86

ARTICLE  XV - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS ........................................... 86
               15.1     EXCLUSIVE BENEFIT OF PARTICIPANTS AND BENEFICIARIES ...... 86
               15.2     NONGUARANTEE OF EMPLOYMENT ............................... 87
               15.3     RIGHTS TO TRUST ASSETS ................................... 87
               15.4     NONALIENATION OF BENEFITS ................................ 87
               15.5     GENDER ................................................... 87
               15.6     TITLES AND HEADINGS ...................................... 87
               15.7     FAILURE OF EMPLOYER'S PLAN TO QUALIFY .................... 87
               15.8     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS, RULES AND REGULATIONS .............. 87
               15.9     MILITARY SERVICE ......................................... 87


                                       33



T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
PROTOTYPE 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
DOCUMENT

This is an amendment and restatement of the T. Rowe Price Trust Company basic
plan document #03 profit sharing plan with a cash or deferred arrangement. This
amendment and restatement incorporates the provisions of the Uruguay Round
Agreements Act ("GATT"), the Uniformed Services Employment and Re-employment
Rights Act of 1994 ("USERRA"), the Small Business Job Protection Act of 1996
("SBJPA"), the Taxpayer Relief Act of 1997 ("TRA `97") and the Internal Revenue
Service Restructuring and Reform Act of 1998 ("IRSRRA"), these acts collectively
being referred to as "GUST." (Prior to this amendment and restatement, this
document was T. Rowe Price Trust Company basic plan document #01.)

ARTICLE I - DEFINITIONS

         1.1  Account. A separate Account with the following subaccounts shall
              be established and maintained for each Participant:

              (a)  ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. An ACP Test
                   Only Safe Harbor Matching Contribution subaccount to which
                   shall be credited (or debited, as the case may be) (i) ACP
                   Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions made to the Plan
                   on behalf of the Participant; (ii) the allocable expenses and
                   net earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of
                   the sub-account; and (iii) distributions from such
                   subaccount.

              (b)  Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. A Discretionary
                   Profit Sharing Contribution subac-count to which shall be
                   credited (or debited, as the case may be) (i) the
                   Participant's share of Discretionary Profit Sharing
                   Contributions allocated under Section 5.1(b); (ii) the
                   allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on the
                   investment of the assets of such subaccount; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.

              (c)  Elective Deferrals. An Elective Deferral subaccount to which
                   shall be credited (or debited, as the case may be) (i) the
                   Participant's Elective Deferrals made under this Plan; (ii)
                   the allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on the
                   investment of the assets of the subaccount; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.

              (d)  Employee After-Tax Contributions. A nondeductible voluntary
                   contribution subaccount to which shall be credited (or
                   debited, as the case may be) (i) Employee After-Tax
                   Contributions made by the Participant to the Plan; (ii) the
                   allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on the
                   investment of the assets of such subaccount; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.

              (e)  Matching Contributions. A Matching Contribution subaccount to
                   which shall be credited (or debited, as the case may be) (i)
                   Matching Contributions made by the Employer to the Plan on
                   behalf of the Participant; (ii) the allocable expenses and
                   net earnings or net losses on the investment of the assets of
                   such subaccount; and (iii) distributions from such
                   subaccount.

              (f)  Qualified Matching Contributions. A Qualified Matching
                   Contribution subaccount to which shall be credited (or
                   debited, as the case may be) (i) Qualified Matching
                   Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the Participant;
                   (ii) the allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on
                   the investment of assets in such subaccount; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.

              (g)  Qualified Nonelective Contributions. A Qualified Nonelective
                   Contribution subaccount to which shall be credited (or
                   debited, as the case may be) (i) Qualified Nonelective
                   Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the Participant;
                   (ii) the allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on
                   the investment of the assets of the subaccount; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.

              (h)  Participant-Directed Transfers. A Participant-Directed
                   Transfer subaccount to which shall be credited (or debited,
                   as the case may be) (i) plan-to-plan transfers made at the
                   request and on behalf of the Participant to the Plan; (ii)
                   the allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on the
                   investment of the assets of the subaccount; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.


                                       34



              (i)  Rollover Contributions. A Rollover Contribution subaccount to
                   which shall be credited (or debited, as the case may be) (i)
                   Rollover Contributions made by the Participant to the Plan;
                   (ii) the allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on
                   the investment of the assets of such subac-count; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.

              (j)  Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. A Safe Harbor Matching
                   Contribution subaccount to which shall be credited (or
                   debited, as the case may be) (i) Safe Harbor Matching
                   Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the Participant;
                   (ii) the allocable expenses and net earnings or net losses on
                   the investment of the assets of such subaccount; and (iii)
                   distributions from such subaccount.

              (k)  Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. A Safe Harbor
                   Nonelective Contribution subaccount to which shall be
                   credited (or debited, as the case may be) (i) Safe Harbor
                   Nonelective Contributions made to the Plan on behalf of the
                   Participant; (ii) the allocable expenses and net earnings or
                   net losses on the investment of the assets of the subaccount;
                   and (iii) distributions from such subaccount.

              The Plan Administrator may also establish such other Accounts,
              subaccounts and segregated accounts as may be necessary to
              properly account for Plan assets.

         1.2  ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Contributions
              made by the Employer to the Plan and Trust as described in Section
              4.2 and in Section 9.2(b)(2) of the Adoption Agreement.

         1.3  ACP Test. The average contribution percentage test described in
              Section 3.7.

         1.4  Administrator or Plan Administrator. The person, persons or entity
              designated by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement to administer
              and operate the Plan within the meaning of section 3(16)(A) of
              ERISA. If no such designation is made, the Employer shall be the
              Plan Administrator.

         1.5  Adoption Agreement. The document executed by the Employer and the
              Trustee(s) by which the Employer adopts this Plan and the Trust
              Agreement forming a part thereof and wherein the Employer selects
              from the options contained therein certain provisions relating to
              the operation of the Plan. The Adoption Agreement shall be
              incorporated into and deemed a part of the Plan and the Trust
              Agreement.

         1.6  ADP Test. The actual deferral percentage test described in Section
              3.6.

         1.7  Affiliated Employer. The Employer and any trade or business which
              is a member of a controlled group of corporations (as defined in
              section 414(b) of the Code) which includes the Employer, any trade
              or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common
              control (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code) with the
              Employer, any organization (whether or not incorporated) which is
              a member of an affiliated service group (as defined in section
              414(m) of the Code) which includes the Employer, and any other
              entity required to be aggregated with the Employer pursuant to
              regulations under section 414(o) of the Code.

         1.8  Annual Additions. Annual Additions for a Plan Year shall mean the
              sum of:

              (a)  Employer contributions;

              (b)  Employee contributions;

              (c)  Forfeitures;

              (d)  Amounts allocated, after March 31, 1984, to an individual
                   medical benefit account, as defined in section 415(l)(2) of
                   the Code, which is part of a pension or annuity plan
                   maintained by the Employer, are treated as Annual Additions
                   to a defined contribution plan. Also amounts derived from
                   contributions paid or accrued after December 31, 1985, in
                   taxable years ending after such date, which are attributable
                   to post-retirement medical benefits, allocated to the
                   separate account of a key employee, as defined in section
                   419A(d)(3) of the Code, or under a welfare benefit fund, as
                   defined in section 419(e) of the Code, maintained by the
                   Employer are treated as Annual Additions to a defined
                   contribution plan; and

              (e)  Allocations under a simplified employee pension.

              For this purpose, any excess amount applied under Section 6.2 or
              6.3 in the Plan Year to reduce Employer contributions will be
              considered Annual Additions for such Plan Year.


                                       35



         1.9  Benefiting. A Participant is treated as benefiting under the Plan
              for any Plan Year during which the Participant received or is
              deemed to receive an allocation in accordance with Section
              1.410(b)-3(a).

         1.10 Beneficiary. The person or persons so designated by the
              Participant to receive his benefits under the Plan in the event of
              his death, or if the Participant fails to make such a designation
              or the designated person(s) fail to survive the Participant, the
              person(s) determined in accordance with Section 10.2(c).

         1.11 Break in Service. A Break in Service shall be a Plan Year in which
              an Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of Service with
              the Employer; except that for purposes of determining Years of
              Eligibility Service, a Break in Service shall be the
              12-consecutive month period designated by the Employer in the
              Adoption Agreement for determining Years of Eligibility Service
              during which an Employee fails to complete more than 500 Hours of
              Service. If the Employer elects the Elapsed Time method of
              calculating service, a Break in Service shall be determined as
              described in the definition of Elapsed Time.

         1.12 Code. The Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
              time, and any successor statute.

         1.13 Compensation.

              (a)  Subject to the following provisions of this Section,
                   Compensation shall mean one of the following, as elected by
                   the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, paid during the
                   period elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement:

                   (i)    W-2 Earnings - Compensation is defined as wages within
                          the meaning of section 3401(a) of the Code and all
                          other payments of compensation to an Employee by the
                          Employer (in the course of the Employer's trade or
                          business) for which the Employer is required to
                          furnish the Employee a written statement under
                          sections 6041(d), 6051(a)(3) and 6052 of the
                          Code.Compensation must be determined without regard to
                          any rules under section 3401(a) of the Code that limit
                          the remuneration included in wages based on the nature
                          or location of employment or the services performed
                          (such as the exception for agricultural labor in
                          section 3401(a)(2) of the Code). Unless elected
                          otherwise by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement,
                          Compensation shall include any amount which is
                          contributed by the Employer pursuant to a salary
                          reduction agreement and which is not includible in the
                          gross income of the Employee under section 125,
                          402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code, and,
                          for years beginning after December 31, 2000, elective
                          amounts that are not includible in the gross income of
                          the Employee under section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

                   (ii)   Section 415 Compensation as defined in Section 1.49.

                   (iii)  Section 3401(a) wages - Compensation is defined as
                          wages within the meaning of section 3401(a) of the
                          Code for purposes of income tax withholding at the
                          source but determined without regard to any rules that
                          limit the remuneration included in wages based on the
                          nature or location of the employment or the services
                          performed (such as the exemption for agricultural
                          labor in section 3401(a)(2) of the Code).

              (b)  Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsection (a),
                   Compensation shall not include such amounts as the Employer
                   may elect to exclude in the Adoption Agreement.

              (c)  For any Self-Employed Individual covered under the Plan,
                   Compensation will mean Earned Income.

              (d)  Compensation shall include only that compensation which is
                   actually paid to the Participant during the Plan Year.

              (e)  For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1989, and
                   before January 1, 1994, the annual Compensation of each
                   Participant taken into account under the Plan for any Plan
                   Year shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted by the Secretary
                   of Treasury at the same time and in the same manner as under
                   section 415(d) of the Code.

              (f)  For Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the
                   annual Compensation of each Employee taken into account under
                   the Plan shall not exceed the OBRA `93 annual compensation
                   limit. The OBRA `93 annual compensation limit is $200,000 as
                   adjusted by the Commissioner of the Internal Revenue Service
                   for increases in the cost of living in accordance with
                   section 401(a)(17)(B)


                                       36



              of the Code. The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a
              calendar year applies to any period, not exceeding 12 months, over
              which Compensation is determined (determination period) beginning
              in such calendar year. If a determination period consists of fewer
              than 12 months, the OBRA `93 annual compensation limit will be
              multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of
              months in the determination period, and the denominator of which
              is 12. If Compensation for any prior determination period is taken
              into account in determining an Employee's benefits accruing in the
              then current Plan Year, the Compensation for that prior
              determination period is subject to the OBRA `93 annual
              compensation limit in effect for that prior determination period.
              For this purpose, in determining allocations in Plan Years
              beginning on or after January 1, 1989, the OBRA `93 annual
              compensation limit is $200,000. In addition, in determining
              allocations in Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1994,
              the OBRA `93 annual compensation limit is $150,000, as adjusted.

              In determining the Compensation of a Participant for purposes of
              this limitation, the rules of section 414(q)(6) of the Code shall
              apply, except in applying such rules, the term "family" shall
              include only the spouse of the Participant and any lineal
              descendants of the Participant who have not attained age 19 before
              the close of the year. If, as a result of the application of such
              rules, the applicable annual compensation limitation is exceeded,
              then (except for purposes of determining the portion of
              Compensation up to the integration level if this Plan provides for
              permitted disparity) the limitation shall be prorated among the
              affected individuals in proportion to each such individual's
              Compensation as determined under this Section prior to the
              application of this limitation. This subsection shall be effective
              in Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1988, and before
              January 1, 1997, unless the Employer elects a later year than 1997
              in the Optional Supplement.

         1.14 Current Year Testing. Application of the ADP and ACP Tests using
              the current year's ADP and ACP, respectively, of Participants who
              are Highly Compensated Employees with the current year's ADP and
              ACP, respectively, of Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
              Employees.

         1.15 Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. Contributions of the
              Employer to the Plan and Trust as described in Section 3.3(b) and
              the Adoption Agreement.

         1.16 Early Retirement Age. If the Employer elects in the Adoption
              Agreement, the date on which a Participant satisfies the age
              and/or service requirements specified by the Employer in the
              Adoption Agreement.

         1.17 Earned Income. The annual net earnings from self-employment in the
              trade or business with respect to which the Plan is established,
              provided that personal services of the individual are a material
              income-producing factor. Net earnings will be determined without
              regard to items not included in gross income and the deductions
              allocable to such items. Net earnings are reduced by contributions
              by the Employer to a qualified plan to the extent deductible under
              section 404 of the Code. Net earnings shall be determined with
              regard to the deduction allowed to the Employer by section 164(f)
              of the Code for taxable years beginning after December 31, 1989.

         1.18 Effective Date. Except as otherwise specified herein, the
              effective date of the Plan is the first day for which the Plan
              document is effective as specified in the Adoption Agreement. If
              the Employer is adopting this Plan as an amendment and restatement
              of an existing plan, the provisions of the existing plan shall
              apply prior to the effective date of the amendment and restatement
              unless an earlier date is specified herein. The effective date of
              the amendment and restatement shall be specified in the Adoption
              Agreement.

         1.19 Elapsed Time. If an Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to
              use Elapsed Time for purposes of determining eligibility to
              participate, vesting and Early Retirement Age (if applicable), the
              following definitions shall replace the otherwise required Year of
              Eligibility Service, Year of Vesting Service and Break in Service
              definitions. For purposes of this Section, Hour of Service shall
              mean each hour for which an Employee is paid or entitled to
              payment for the performance of duties for the Employer.

              (a)  An Employee will receive credit for the aggregate of all time
                   period(s) commencing with the Employee's first day of
                   employment or reemployment with the Employer and ending on
                   the date a Break in Service begins. The first day of
                   employment or reemployment is the first day the Employee
                   performs an Hour of Service. An Employee will be credited
                   with a Year of Service for


                                       37



                   each completed 365 days of service with the Employer, which
                   service need not be consecutive, regardless of the number of
                   hours worked. An Employee will also receive credit for any
                   Period of Severance of less than 12 consecutive months.
                   Fractional periods of a year will be expressed in terms of
                   days.

              (b)  A Break in Service is a Period of Severance of at least 12
                   consecutive months. In the case of an individual who is
                   absent from work for maternity or paternity reasons, the 12
                   consecutive month period beginning on the first anniversary
                   of the first date of such absence shall not constitute a
                   Break in Service. For purposes of this subsection, an absence
                   from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an absence
                   (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual, (ii) by
                   reason of the birth of a child of the individual, (iii) by
                   reason of the placement of a child with the individual in
                   connection with the adoption of such child by such
                   individual, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for
                   a period beginning immediately following such birth or
                   placement.

              (c)  A Period of Severance is a continuous period of time during
                   which the Employee is not employed by the Employer. Such
                   period begins on the earlier of (i) the date on which the
                   Employee's employment with the Employer terminates by reason
                   of retirement, death, discharge or resignation, or (ii) the
                   first anniversary of the date on which the Employee was
                   absent from work with the Employer (with or without pay) for
                   any other reason, other than an approved leave of absence
                   granted in writing by the Employer, according to a uniform
                   rule applied without discrimination, provided the Employee
                   returns to the employ of the Employer upon completion of the
                   leave.

              (d)  If the Employer is a member of an affiliated service group
                   (under section 414(m) of the Code), a controlled group of
                   corporations (under section 414(b) of the Code), or a group
                   of trades or businesses under common control (under section
                   414(c) of the Code) or any other entity required to be
                   aggregated with the Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of
                   the Code and the regulations thereunder, service will be
                   credited for any employment for any period of time for any
                   other member of such group. Service will also be credited for
                   any individual required under section 414(n) or (o) of the
                   Code and the regulations thereunder to be considered an
                   Employee of any Employer aggregated under section 414(b), (c)
                   or (m) of the Code.

         1.20 Elective Deferrals. Any Employer contributions made to the Plan at
              the election of a Participant, in lieu of cash compensation,
              pursuant to a salary reduction agreement or other deferral
              mechanism. With respect to any taxable year, a Participant's
              Elective Deferrals are the sum of all such employer contributions
              made on behalf of such Participant pursuant to an election to
              defer under any qualified cash or deferred arrangement as
              described in section 401(k) of the Code, any salary reduction
              simplified employee pension described in section 408(k)(6) of the
              Code, any SIMPLE IRA plan described in section 408(p) of the Code,
              any eligible deferred compensation plan under section 457 of the
              Code, any plan as described in section 501(c)(18) of the Code and
              any employer contributions made on behalf of a Participant
              pursuant to a salary reduction agreement for the purchase of an
              annuity contract under section 403(b) of the Code. Elective
              Deferrals shall not include any deferrals properly distributed as
              excess Annual Additions.

         1.21 Employee. Any person, including a Self-Employed Individual,
              employed by the Employer maintaining the Plan or of any other
              employer required to be aggregated with such Employer under
              section 414(b), (c), (m) or (o) of the Code and including Leased
              Employees of such employers within the meaning of section
              414(n)(2) or (o) of the Code. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if
              such Leased Employees constitute twenty percent or less of the
              Employer's non-highly compensated work force within the meaning of
              section 414(n)(5)(C)(ii) of the Code, the term "Employee" shall
              not include those Leased Employees covered by a plan described in
              section 414(n)(5) of the Code unless otherwise provided by the
              terms of the Plan.

         1.22 Employee After-Tax Contributions. Any contribution made to the
              Plan by or on behalf of a Participant that was included in the
              Participant's gross income in the year in which made as described
              in Section 3.2(a) and the Adoption Agreement.

         1.23 Employer. The entity that adopts the Plan by execution of an
              Adoption Agreement.


                                       38



         1.24 Employer Contribution Accounts. The portion of a Participant's
              Account consisting of his Employer Matching Contributions,
              Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions, Qualified Nonelective
              Contributions, Qualified Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor
              Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions and
              ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions subaccounts.

         1.25 Entry Date. The Effective Date shall be the first Entry Date;
              thereafter, Entry Dates shall be the dates specified in the
              Adoption Agreement.

         1.26 ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as
              amended.

         1.27 Family Member. An Employee's spouse and lineal ascendants or
              descendants and the spouses of such lineal ascendants or
              descendants.

         1.28 Five Percent Owner. Any person who owns (or is considered to own
              within the meaning of section 318 of the Code) more than 5% of the
              interests in the Employer.

         1.29 Highly Compensated Employee. For Plan Years beginning after
              December 31, 1996, the term Highly Compensated Employee means any
              Employee who during the Plan Year: (1) was a Five Percent Owner at
              any time during the Plan Year or the look-back year, or (2) for
              the look-back year had Section 415 Compensation from the Employer
              in excess of $80,000 (adjusted at the same time and in the same
              manner as under section 415(d) of the Code, except that the base
              period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996) and, if
              the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, was in the
              top-paid group (i.e., top 20% of Employees ranked by compensation)
              for the look-back year.

              For this purpose, the Plan Year of the Plan for which a
              determination is being made is called a determination year and the
              preceding 12-month period is called a look-back year. If the
              Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, the look-back year
              shall be the calendar year beginning with or within the look-back
              year.

              The determination of who is a highly compensated former employee
              is based on the rules applicable to determining highly compensated
              employee status as in effect for that determination year, in
              accordance with section 1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the Temporary Income
              Tax Regulations and Notice 97-45.

              In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated
              Employee for years beginning in 1997, (1) the amendments to Code
              Section 414(q) stated above are treated as having been in effect
              for the 1996 Plan Year, and (2) if the Employer so elects in the
              Optional Supplement, the look-back year shall be the calendar year
              ending with or within the determination year.

              Effective for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, or such
              later year than 1997 that the Employer elects in the Optional
              Supplement, if an Employee is, during a determination year or
              look-back year, a Family Member of either a Five Percent Owner who
              is an active or former Employee or a Highly Compensated Employee
              who is one of the ten most Highly Compensated Employees ranked on
              the basis of compensation paid by the Employer during such year,
              then the Family Member and Five Percent Owner or top ten Highly
              Compensated Employee shall be aggregated. In such case, the Family
              Member and Five Percent Owner or top ten Highly Compensated
              Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving
              compensation and Plan contributions or benefits equal to the sum
              of such compensation and contributions or benefits of the Family
              Member and Five Percent Owner or top ten Highly Compensated
              Employee.

         1.30 Hour of Service.

              (a)  An Hour of Service shall mean and include each hour for which
                   an Employee is compensated by the Employer, or is entitled to
                   be so compensated, for services rendered by him to the
                   Employer. These hours will be credited to the Employee for
                   the computation period in which the duties are performed.

              (b)  An Hour of Service shall also mean and include each hour for
                   which an Employee is compensated by the Employer, or is
                   entitled to be so compensated, on account of a period of time
                   during which no services are rendered by him to the Employer
                   (regardless of whether the Employee shall have ceased to be
                   an Employee) due to vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity
                   (including disability), layoff, jury duty, military duty or
                   leave of absence. No more than 501 Hours of Service shall be
                   credited pursuant to this subsection (b) on account of any
                   single continuous period during which an Employee


                                       39



                   renders no services to the Employer (whether or not such
                   period occurs in a single computation period). Hours under
                   this Section will be calculated and credited pursuant to
                   section 2530.200b-2 of the Department of Labor Regulations
                   which is incorporated herein by this reference.

              (c)  An Hour of Service shall also mean and include each hour for
                   which back pay, without regard to mitigation of damages, has
                   been awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of
                   Service shall not be credited both under subsection (a) or
                   subsection (b), whichever shall be applicable, and also under
                   this subsection (c). The hours will be credited to the
                   Employee for the computation period or periods to which the
                   award or agreement pertains rather than the computation
                   period in which the award, agreement or payment is made.

                   Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other
                   members of an affiliated service group (under section 414(m)
                   of the Code), a controlled group of corporations (under
                   section 414(b) of the Code), or a group of trades or
                   businesses under common control (under section 414(c) of the
                   Code), of which the adopting Employer is a member, and any
                   other entity required to be aggregated with the Employer
                   pursuant to section 414(o) of the Code and the regulations
                   thereunder.

                   Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
                   considered an Employee under section 414(n) or 414(o) of the
                   Code, and regulations thereunder.

                   Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service
                   for participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a
                   computation period, an individual who is absent from work for
                   maternity or paternity reasons shall receive credit for the
                   Hours of Service which would otherwise have been credited to
                   such individual but for such absence, or in any case in which
                   such hours cannot be determined, eight Hours of Service per
                   day of such absence. For purposes of this subsection, an
                   absence from work for maternity or paternity reasons means an
                   absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy of the individual,
                   (ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the individual, (iii)
                   by reason of the placement of a child with the individual in
                   connection with the adoption of such child by such
                   individual, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for
                   a period beginning immediately following such birth or
                   placement. The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph
                   shall be credited only (i) in the computation period in which
                   the absence begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a
                   Break in Service in that period, or (ii) in all other cases,
                   in the following computation period.

                   Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the
                   method selected in the Adoption Agreement.

              1.31 Investment Options. Any regulated investment company
                   registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 the
                   investment adviser of which is T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
                   or any of its affiliates, any common trust funds or
                   collective investment funds of the Sponsor qualified under
                   sections 401 and 501 of the Code, and any other funding
                   vehicle (including, but not limited to, limited partnership
                   interests which receive investment advice from T. Rowe Price
                   Associates, Inc. or an affiliate) made available to the Plan
                   by T. Rowe Price Trust Company which the Employer selects
                   under the terms of the Plan.

              1.32 Leased Employee. A Leased Employee is any person (other than
                   an Employee of the recipient) who, pursuant to an agreement
                   between the recipient and any other person ("leasing
                   organization"), has performed services for the recipient (or
                   for the recipient and related persons determined in
                   accordance with section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a
                   substantially full time basis for a period of at least one
                   year and such services are performed under primary direction
                   and control of the recipient.

                   Any Leased Employee shall be treated as an employee of the
                   recipient employer. However, contributions or benefits
                   provided by the leasing organization which are attributable
                   to service performed for the recipient employer shall be
                   treated as provided by the recipient employer. The preceding
                   sentence shall not apply to any Leased Employee if Leased
                   Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent of the
                   employer's non-highly compensated force and, if such leased
                   employee is covered by a money purchase pension plan
                   providing: (a) a nonintegrated employer contribution rate of
                   at least ten percent of compensation as defined in section
                   415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts contributed by
                   the employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement which
                   are excludible from the employee's gross income under section
                   125, 402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code, and, for
                   years beginning after December 31, 2000, elective amounts
                   that are not included in gross income of the Employee


                                       40



                   under section 132(f)(4) of the Code, (b) full and immediate
                   vesting, and (c) each employee of the leasing organization
                   (other than employees who perform substantially all of their
                   services for the leasing organization) immediately
                   participate in the Plan.

              1.33 Matching Contributions. A contribution by the Employer made
                   to this or any other defined contribution plan on behalf of a
                   Participant on account of a Participant's Elective Deferrals
                   or on account of a Participant's Employee After-Tax
                   Contributions under this or any other plan maintained by the
                   Employer as set forth in Section 3.3(a) and the Adoption
                   Agreement. Matching Contributions shall not include Qualified
                   Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or
                   ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

              1.34 Non-Highly Compensated Employee. An Employee of the Employer
                   who during the Plan Year is neither a Highly Compensated
                   Employee nor, for Plan Years beginning before January 1,
                   1997, a Family Member of a Highly Compensated Employee during
                   such Plan Year.

              1.35 Normal Retirement Age. The date on which a Participant
                   attains age 65 unless otherwise specified in the Adoption
                   Agreement. If the Employer enforces a mandatory retirement
                   age, the Normal Retirement Age is the lesser of that
                   mandatory age or the age specified in the Adoption Agreement.

              1.36 Optional Supplement. A supplement to the Adoption Agreement
                   that may be executed by the Employer at the time it is
                   retroactively restating its plan to comply with GUST.

              1.37 Owner-Employee. An individual who is sole proprietor, if the
                   Employer is a sole proprietorship, or a partner who owns more
                   than ten percent of either the capital or profits interests
                   of the partnership.

              1.38 Participant. A person who has met the eligibility
                   requirements as specified in the Adoption Agreement and whose
                   Account hereunder has been neither completely forfeited nor
                   completely distributed.

              1.39 Participant-Directed Transfer. A plan-to-plan transfer made
                   at the request of a Participant as described in Section
                   3.2(d).

              1.40 Plan. The retirement plan set forth herein and in the
                   Adoption Agreement as amended from time to time.

              1.41 Plan Year. The twelve consecutive month period designated by
                   the Employer in the Adoption Agreement.

              1.42 Qualified Matching Contributions. Contributions made by the
                   Employer as described in Section 3.13 and allocated to the
                   Participant's Account that are subject to the distribution
                   and nonforfeitability requirements of section 401(k) of the
                   Code when made.

              1.43 Qualified Nonelective Contributions. Contributions made by
                   the Employer as described in Section 3.12 and allocated to
                   the Participant's Account that the Participant may not elect
                   to receive in cash until distributed from the Plan; that are
                   nonforfeitable when made; and that are distributable only in
                   accordance with distribution provisions that are applicable
                   to Elective Deferrals and Qualified Matching Contributions.

              1.44 Retirement. Termination of a Participant's employment with
                   the Employer on or after the Participant's Early Retirement
                   Age or Normal Retirement Age.

              1.45 Rollover Contribution. A rollover contribution made to the
                   Plan by a Participant as described in Section 3.2(c).

              1.46 Safe Harbor Contributions. Safe Harbor Matching
                   Contributions, Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions and ACP
                   Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions.

              1.47 Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. Contributions of the
                   Employer to the Plan and Trust as described in Section 4.2
                   and in Section 9.2(a) of the Adoption Agreement. Safe Harbor
                   Matching Contributions do not include ACP Test Only Safe
                   Harbor Matching Contributions.

              1.48 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. Contributions of the
                   Employer to the Plan and Trust as described in Section 4.2
                   and in Section 9.2(b)(1) of the Adoption Agreement.


                                       41



              1.49 Section 415 Compensation. A Participant's Earned Income,
                   wages, salaries and fees for professional services and other
                   amounts received (without regard to whether an amount is paid
                   in cash) or made available for personal services actually
                   rendered in the course of employment with the Employer
                   maintaining the Plan (including, but not limited to,
                   commissions paid salesmen, compensation for services on the
                   basis of a percentage of profits, commissions on insurance
                   premiums, tips, bonuses, fringe benefits and reimbursements
                   or other expense allowances under a nonaccountable plan (as
                   described in Treasury Regulation 1.62-2(c)), but excluding
                   the following:

                   (a)    Employer contributions to a plan of deferred
                          compensation which are not includible in the
                          Employee's gross income for the taxable year in which
                          contributed, or Employer contributions under a
                          simplified employee pension plan to the extent such
                          contributions are excluded from the Employee's gross
                          income, or any distributions from a plan of deferred
                          compensation;

                   (b)    Amounts realized from the exercise of a nonqualified
                          stock option, or when restricted stock (or property)
                          held by the Employee either becomes freely
                          transferable or is no longer subject to a substantial
                          risk of forfeiture;

                   (c)    Amounts realized from the sale, exchange or other
                          disposition of stock acquired under a qualified stock
                          option; and

                   (d)    Other amounts which received special tax benefits, or
                          contributions made by the Employer (whether or not
                          under a salary reduction agreement) towards the
                          purchase of an annuity contract described in section
                          403(b) of the Code (whether or not the contributions
                          are actually excludable from the gross income of the
                          Employee).

                   For Plan Years beginning after December 31, 1998, Section 415
                   Compensation for any Plan Year shall be limited as provided
                   in Section 1.13(f). Section 415 Compensation, (a) for years
                   beginning after December 31, 1997, shall include any elective
                   deferral (as defined in section 402(g)(3) of the Code), and
                   any amount which is contributed or deferred by the Employer
                   at the election of the Employee and which is not includible
                   in the gross income of the Employee by reason of section 125
                   or 457 of the Code, and (b) for years beginning after
                   December 31, 2000, shall include elective amounts that are
                   not included in the gross income of the Employee under
                   section 132(f)(4) of the Code.

              1.50 Self-Employed Individual. An individual who has Earned Income
                   for the taxable year from the trade, business or partnership
                   with respect to which the Plan is established; also, an
                   individual who would have had Earned Income but for the fact
                   the trade, business or partnership had no net profits for the
                   taxable year.

              1.51 Sponsor. The Sponsor of this prototype plan document is T.
                   Rowe Price Trust Company.

              1.52 Total Compensation. Subject to the following provisions of
                   this Section, for purposes of determining the amount of Safe
                   Harbor Contributions, Total Compensation shall mean one of
                   the following, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                   Agreement, paid during the period elected by the Employer in
                   the Adoption Agreement:

                   (a)    W-2 earnings as defined in Section 1.13(a)(i).

                   (b)    Section 415 Compensation as defined in Section
                          1.13(a)(ii).

                   (c)    Section 3401(a) wages as defined in Section
                          1.13(a)(iii).

                   For purposes of determining Total Compensation, W-2 earnings,
                   Section 415 Compensation and section 3401(a) wages shall be
                   determined in accordance with the provisions of subsections
                   (c) through (f) of Section 1.13 as if the term "Total
                   Compensation" were substituted for the term "Compensation" in
                   each place the term "Compensation" appears in such
                   subsections.

              1.53 Total and Permanent Disability. The inability of an Employee
                   while employed by the Employer to engage in any substantial
                   gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable
                   physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result
                   in death or to last for a continuous period of at least
                   twelve months.


                                       42



         1.54 Trust or Trust Fund. The fund maintained by the Trustee(s) for the
              investment of Plan assets in accordance with the terms and
              conditions of the Trust Agreement.

         1.55 Trust Agreement. The agreement between the Employer and the
              Trustee(s) under which the assets of the Plan are held,
              administered and managed. The provisions of the Trust Agreement
              shall be deemed a part of the Plan.

         1.56 Trustee. The individual or corporate Trustee or Trustees under the
              Trust Agreement as they may be constituted from time to time. Such
              Trustee or Trustees shall be named in and a party to the Adoption
              Agreement.

         1.57 Valuation Date. The last day of the Plan Year and such other dates
              as may be designated by the Plan Administrator from time to time.

         1.58 Year of Eligibility Service. Unless the Employer elects in the
              Adoption Agreement to credit service under the Elapsed Time
              method, a Year of Eligibility Service is an eligibility
              computation period during which an Employee completes at least
              1,000 Hours of Service. For this purpose, the initial eligibility
              computation period shall be the twelve consecutive month period
              beginning with the day the Employee first performs an Hour of
              Service for the Employer. The succeeding twelve consecutive month
              periods shall commence on one of the two following days as elected
              by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement:

              (a)  The first anniversary of the date the Employee first
                   completes an Hour of Service for the Employer; or

              (b)  The first day of each Plan Year beginning after the date on
                   which the Employee first completes an Hour of Service for the
                   Employer.

              If the Employer elects to credit service under the Elapsed Time
              method, see the definition of Elapsed Time for the applicable
              rules to calculate service.

         1.59 Year of Vesting Service. Unless the Employer elects in the
              Adoption Agreement to credit service under the Elapsed Time
              method, a Year of Vesting Service is a Plan Year during which an
              Employee completes at least 1,000 Hours of Service. If the
              Employer elects to credit service under the Elapsed Time method,
              see the definition of Elapsed Time for the applicable rules to
              calculate service.

ARTICLE II - ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION

         2.1  Active Participation. Subject to the following Sections of this
              Article II, each Employee shall be eligible to participate in the
              Plan on the Entry Date coincident with or next following the date
              on which such Employee satisfies the eligibility requirements set
              forth in the Adoption Agreement.

         2.2  Exclusion of Certain Employees. To the extent provided in the
              Adoption Agreement, the following Employees shall be excluded from
              participation in the Plan;

              (a)  Employees not meeting the age and service requirements,

              (b)  Employees who are included in a unit of Employees covered by
                   a collective bargaining agreement between employee
                   representatives and one or more Employers, if there is
                   evidence that retirement benefits were the subject of good
                   faith bargaining between such employee representatives and
                   such Employer or Employers. For this purpose, the term
                   "employee representatives" does not include any organization
                   where more than one half of the membership is comprised of
                   owners, officers and executives of the Employer,

              (c)  Employees who are nonresident aliens and who receive no
                   earned income from the Employer which constitutes income from
                   sources within the United States;

              (d)  Employees included in certain ineligible job classifications;

              (e)  Leased Employees; and

              (f)  Employees employed by certain members of the aggregated group
                   of employers including the Employer.


                                       43



              In the event an Employee who is not a member of the eligible class
              of Employees becomes a member of the eligible class, such Employee
              shall participate immediately if such Employee has satisfied the
              minimum age and service requirements set forth in the Adoption
              Agreement.

              In the event a Participant is no longer a member of an eligible
              class of Employees and becomes ineligible to participate, but has
              not incurred a Break in Service, such Employee shall participate
              immediately upon returning to an eligible class of Employees. If
              such Participant incurs a Break in Service, eligibility to
              participate will be determined under Section 2.4.

         2.3  Predecessor Employers. To the extent provided in the Adoption
              Agreement, service with a predecessor employer shall be deemed
              service with the Employer for purposes of this Plan. If this Plan
              is a continuation of a predecessor employer's plan, service with
              the predecessor employer may not be disregarded for purposes of
              this Plan.

         2.4  Re-employment.

              (a)  A former Participant shall become a Participant immediately
                   upon returning to the employ of the Employer if such former
                   Participant is a member of an eligible class of Employees and
                   had a non-forfeitable right to all or a portion of the
                   Participant's Account derived from Employer contributions at
                   the time of termination from service.

              (b)  A former Participant who did not have a nonforfeitable right
                   to any portion of his Account derived from Employer
                   contributions at the time of termination from service shall
                   be considered a new Employee for eligibility purposes if the
                   number of consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service equals or
                   exceeds the greater of five or the aggregate number of Years
                   of Eligibility Service before such Breaks in Service. If such
                   former Participant's Years of Eligibility Service prior to
                   termination from service may not be disregarded pursuant to
                   the preceding sentence, such former Participant shall
                   participate immediately upon re-employment if he is a member
                   of an eligible class of Employees.

ARTICLE III - CONTRIBUTIONS

         3.1  Definitions. For the purposes of this Article III, the following
              definitions shall apply:

              (a)  Actual Deferral Percentage. For a specified group of
                   Participants for a Plan Year, "Actual Deferral Percentage"
                   shall mean the average of the ratios (calculated separately
                   for each Participant in such group) of (i) the amount of
                   Employer deferral contributions actually paid over to the
                   Plan on behalf of such Participant for the Plan Year to (ii)
                   the Participant's Testing Compensation for such Plan Year.
                   Employer deferral contributions made on behalf of any
                   Participant shall include: (i) any Elective Deferrals made
                   pursuant to the Participant's deferral election (including
                   Excess Elective Deferrals of Highly Compensated Employees),
                   but excluding (A) Excess Elective Deferrals of Non-Highly
                   Compensated Employees that arise solely from Elective
                   Deferrals made under the Plan or plans of this Employer, and
                   (B) Elective Deferrals that are taken into account in the ACP
                   Test (provided the ADP Test is satisfied both with and
                   without exclusion of these Elective Deferrals); and (ii) at
                   the election of the Plan Administrator, Qualified Nonelective
                   Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions taken into
                   account as Elective Deferrals. For purposes of computing
                   Actual Deferral Percentages, an Employee who would be a
                   Participant but for the failure to make Elective Deferrals
                   shall be treated as a Participant on whose behalf no Elective
                   Deferrals are made.

              (b)  Aggregate Limit. "Aggregate Limit" shall mean the sum of (i)
                   125% of the greater of the ADP of the Non-Highly Compensated
                   Employees for the prior Plan Year or the ACP of Non-Highly
                   Compensated Employees under the Plan subject to section
                   401(m) of the Code for the Plan Year beginning with or within
                   the prior Plan Year of the cash or deferred arrangement, and
                   (ii) the lesser of 200% or two plus the lesser of such ADP or
                   ACP. "Lesser" is substituted for "greater" in "(i)", above,
                   and "greater" is substituted for "lesser" after "two plus
                   the" in "(ii)" if it would result in a larger Aggregate
                   Limit. If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                   to use Current Year Testing, then, in calculating the
                   Aggregate Limit for a particular Plan Year, the Non-Highly
                   Compensated Employees' ADP and ACP for that Plan Year,
                   instead of the prior Plan Year, is used.


                                       44



              (c)  Average Contribution Percentage. "Average Contribution
                   Percentage" is the average of the Contribution Percentages of
                   the eligible Participants in a group.

              (d)  Contribution Percentage. "Contribution Percentage" is the
                   ratio (expressed as a percentage) of an eligible
                   Participant's Contribution Percentage Amounts to such
                   eligible Participant's Testing Compensation for the Plan
                   Year.

              (e)  Contribution Percentage Amounts. "Contribution Percentage
                   Amounts" is the sum of the Employee After-Tax Contributions,
                   Matching Contributions and Qualified Matching Contributions
                   (to the extent not taken into account for purposes of the ADP
                   test) made under the Plan on behalf of the Participant for
                   the Plan Year. Such Contribution Percentage Amounts shall not
                   include Matching Contributions that are forfeited either to
                   correct Excess Aggregate Contributions or because the
                   contributions to which they relate are Excess Elective
                   Deferrals, Excess Contributions or Excess Aggregate
                   Contributions. The Plan Administrator may include Qualified
                   Nonelective Contributions in the Contribution Percentage
                   Amounts. The Plan Administrator also may elect to use
                   Elective Deferrals in Contribution Percentage Amounts so long
                   as the ADP test is met before the Elective Deferrals are used
                   in the ACP test and continues to be met following the
                   exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet
                   the ACP test.

              (f)  Deferral Percentage. "Deferral Percentage" with respect to
                   any Plan Year is the ratio (expressed as a percentage) of a
                   Participant's Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective
                   Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both,
                   if treated as Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP
                   Test) to such Participant's Testing Compensation.

              (g)  Excess Aggregate Contributions. With respect to any Plan
                   Year, "Excess Aggregate Contributions" shall mean the excess
                   of (i) the aggregate Contribution Percentage Amounts taken
                   into account in computing the numerator of the Contribution
                   Percentage actually made on behalf of Highly Compensated
                   Employees for such Plan Year, over (ii) the maximum
                   Contribution Percentage Amounts permitted by the ACP Test
                   (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions made on
                   behalf of Highly Compensated Employees in order of their
                   Contribution Percentages beginning with the highest of such
                   percentages).

              (h)  Excess Contribution. With respect to a Plan Year, "Excess
                   Contributions" shall mean the excess of (i) the aggregate
                   amount of Elective Deferrals and amounts treated as Elective
                   Deferrals actually taken into account in computing the ADP of
                   Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year, over (ii)
                   the maximum amount of such contributions permitted by the ADP
                   Test (determined by hypothetically reducing contributions
                   made on behalf of the Highly Compensated Employees in order
                   of the ADPs, beginning with the highest of such percentages).

              (i)  Excess Elective Deferrals. Those Elective Deferrals that are
                   includible in a Participant's gross income under section
                   402(g) of the Code to the extent such Participant's Elective
                   Deferrals for a taxable year exceed the dollar limitation
                   under such Code section. Excess Elective Deferrals shall be
                   treated as Annual Additions under the Plan, unless such
                   amounts are distributed no later than the first April 15
                   following the close of the Participant's taxable year in
                   which such Excess Elective Deferrals arose.

              (j)  Testing Compensation. "Testing Compensation" shall mean any
                   definition of compensation allowed under section 414(s) of
                   the Code and the regulations thereunder for that portion of
                   the Plan Year designated by the Employer in the ADP and ACP
                   Nondiscrimination Testing section of the Adoption Agreement.
                   Testing Compensation shall be determined in accordance with
                   the provisions of subsections (c) through (f) of Section 1.13
                   as if the term "Testing Compensation" were substituted for
                   the term "Compensation" in each place the term "Compensation"
                   appears in such subsections.


                                       45



         3.2  Employee Contributions.

              (a)  Employee After-Tax Contributions. To the extent provided in
                   the Adoption Agreement and subject to any other applicable
                   limitations in this Plan, a Participant may make voluntary
                   after-tax Employee contributions to the Plan through payroll
                   deduction or in any other manner acceptable to the Employer.
                   A Participant shall at all times have a nonforfeitable
                   interest in his Employee After-Tax Contributions subaccount.

              (b)  Elective Deferrals.

                   (i)    To the extent provided in the Adoption Agreement, a
                          Participant may make Elective Deferrals to the Trust
                          in amounts not to exceed the limitations specified in
                          the Adoption Agreement or any other limitations
                          specified in this Plan. A Participant's Elective
                          Deferrals shall be made by direct reduction of
                          Compensation, with such reduction to be accomplished
                          through regular payroll reduction.

                   (ii)   The Elective Deferrals of a Participant shall be
                          limited in accordance with the provisions of this
                          subsection and any other applicable provisions of the
                          Plan. No Participant shall be permitted to have
                          Elective Deferrals made under this Plan, or any other
                          qualified plan maintained by the Employer, during any
                          taxable year, in excess of the dollar limitation
                          contained in section 402(g) of the Code in effect at
                          the beginning of such taxable year.

                   (iii)  Participants may elect to commence Elective Deferrals
                          at least once each Plan Year during a period
                          established by the Employer. Such election may not be
                          made retroactively, and the election must remain in
                          effect until modified or terminated. Participants may
                          terminate the election or change the amounts
                          designated to be deducted at any time by the
                          submission of such change of designation to the Plan
                          Administrator. The Plan Administrator shall establish
                          a uniform date on which such changes shall be
                          effective.

                   (iv)   No contributions or benefits (other than Matching
                          Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, ACP
                          Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or
                          Qualified Matching Contributions) may be conditioned
                          upon an Employee's Elective Deferrals.

              (c)  Rollovers. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement,
                   a Participant, or an Employee who would otherwise be eligible
                   to participate in the Plan but for the failure to satisfy any
                   age or service condition for eligibility to participate, who
                   has participated in any other qualified plan described in
                   section 401(a) of the Code or in a qualified annuity plan
                   described in section 403(a) of the Code shall be permitted,
                   subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, to make a
                   rollover (or direct rollover) contribution to the Plan of all
                   or part of an amount received by such individual that is
                   attributable to participation in such other plan (reduced by
                   any nondeductible voluntary contributions the Participant
                   made to the plan), provided that the rollover contribution
                   complies with all requirements of section 402(c), 403(a)(4)
                   or 408(d)(3)(A)(ii) of the Code, whichever is applicable.
                   Before approving such a rollover, the Plan Administrator may
                   request from the individual or the sponsor of such other plan
                   any documents that the Plan Administrator, in its discretion,
                   deems necessary to determine that such rollover meets the
                   preceding requirements.

              (d)  Participant-Directed Transfers. If the Employer elects in the
                   Adoption Agreement, the Plan may accept at the request of a
                   Participant (or an Employee who would otherwise be eligible
                   to participate in the Plan but for the failure to satisfy any
                   age or service condition for eligibility to participate),
                   subject to the approval of the Plan Administrator, a direct
                   transfer of funds from a plan which the Employer reasonably
                   believes to be qualified under section 401(a) of the Code.
                   Any such transfer shall be accounted for separately and shall
                   be nonforfeitable at all times. Distribution from such
                   Participant-Directed Transfer subaccount shall not be
                   available prior to the Participant's death, Total and
                   Permanent Disability, termination of employment with the
                   Employer or prior to Plan termination if such assets are
                   transferred (within the meaning of section 414(l) of the
                   Code) to this Plan from a money purchase pension plan
                   qualified under section 401(a) of the Code (other than any
                   portion of those assets attributable to nondeductible
                   voluntary contributions made to the plan).


                                       46



              (e)  Rollovers or Participant-Directed Transfers.

                   (i)    If a rollover contribution or a Participant-Directed
                          Transfer is made on behalf of an Employee who is not
                          yet eligible to participate in the Plan, his Rollover
                          or Participant-Directed Transfer subaccount shall
                          constitute his entire interest in the Plan, and he
                          shall not be considered a Participant for any other
                          purpose of the Plan until he meets the eligibility
                          requirements for participation.

                   (ii)   Unless otherwise approved by the Plan Administrator
                          and the Trustee, rollovers and Participant-Directed
                          Transfers shall be made in cash or cash equivalents.

         3.3  Employer Contributions.

              (a)  Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects in the
                   Adoption Agreement to make Matching Contributions, for each
                   Plan Year the Employer shall contribute to the Trust an
                   amount as shall be determined by the Employer in accordance
                   with the matching contribution formula specified in the
                   Adoption Agreement. Matching Contributions shall be made on
                   behalf of those Participants specified by the Employer in the
                   Adoption Agreement.

              (b)  Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions. If the Employer
                   elects in the Adoption Agreement to make Discretionary Profit
                   Sharing Contributions, the Employer may contribute to the
                   Trust an amount as may be determined by the Employer for each
                   Plan Year. Subject to the minimum top-heavy allocation rules
                   of Section 12.3 and the exclusions specified in this
                   subsection, Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions for a
                   Plan Year shall be allocated to the Accounts of those
                   Participants specified by the Employer in the Adoption
                   Agreement and shall be allocated to Participants in
                   accordance with the provisions of Section 7.1(b) and the
                   Adoption Agreement.

              (c)  Qualified Nonelective Contributions. In its discretion, the
                   Employer may make Qualified Nonelective Contributions as
                   described in Section 3.12.

              (d)  Qualified Matching Contributions. In its discretion, the
                   Employer may make Qualified Matching Contributions as
                   described in Section 3.13.

              (e)  Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the Employer elects in
                   the Adoption Agreement to make Safe Harbor Matching
                   Contributions, for each Plan Year the Employer shall
                   contribute to the Trust on behalf of each Participant who has
                   made Elective Deferrals during such Plan Year an amount as
                   determined in accordance with the Safe Harbor Matching
                   Contribution formula specified in the Adoption Agreement.

              (f)  Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions. If the Employer elects
                   in the Adoption Agreement to make Safe Harbor Nonelective
                   Contributions, for each Plan Year the Employer shall
                   contribute to the Trust on behalf of each Participant an
                   amount equal to 3% of the Participant's Total Compensation,
                   as determined in accordance with the Safe Harbor CODA section
                   of the Adoption Agreement, for such Plan Year or, if the
                   Employer so elects in the Safe Harbor CODA section of the
                   Adoption Agreement, Total Compensation, as determined in
                   accordance with the Safe Harbor CODA section of the Adoption
                   Agreement, for such period of time during the Plan Year in
                   which the Participant was eligible to participate in the
                   Plan.

              (g)  ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions. If the
                   Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to make ACP Test
                   Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, for each Plan Year
                   the Employer shall contribute to the Trust on behalf of each
                   Participant who has made Elective Deferrals during such Plan
                   Year an amount as determined by the Employer in accordance
                   with the ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contribution
                   formula specified in the Adoption Agreement.

         3.4  Contribution Limitation. All contributions to the Plan shall be
              made without regard to current or accumulated earnings and profits
              of the Employer for the taxable year(s) ending with or within the
              Plan Year. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Plan shall be
              designed to qualify as a profit sharing plan for purposes of the
              Code. In no event shall any Employer contribution (plus any
              Elective Deferrals) exceed the maximum amount deductible from the
              Employer's income under section 404 of the Code or any amount
              allocated to the Account of a Participant exceed the maximum
              limitations under section 415 of the Code provided in Article VI.


                                       47



         3.5  Excess Elective Deferrals.

              (a)  General. A Participant may assign to this Plan any Excess
                   Elective Deferrals made during a taxable year of the
                   Participant by notifying the Plan Administrator on or before
                   March 1 following the close of the Participant's taxable year
                   of the Excess Elective Deferrals to be assigned to the Plan.
                   (A Participant is deemed to notify the Plan Administrator of
                   any Excess Elective Deferrals that arise by taking into
                   account only those Elective Deferrals made to this Plan and
                   any other plans of this Employer.) Notwithstanding any other
                   provision of the Plan, Excess Elective Deferrals, plus any
                   income and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be
                   distributed after the preceding taxable year and no later
                   than April 15 following the close of the preceding taxable
                   year to any Participant to whose Account Excess Elective
                   Deferrals were assigned for the preceding year and who claims
                   Excess Elective Deferrals for such taxable year.

              (b)  Calculation of Income or Loss. The income or loss allocable
                   to Excess Elective Deferrals is equal to the amount of income
                   or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral
                   subaccount for the taxable year multiplied by a fraction, the
                   numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Elective
                   Deferrals for the year and the denominator of which is the
                   sum of (i) the Participant's account balance attributable to
                   Elective Deferrals as of the beginning of the year and (ii)
                   the Participant's Elective Deferrals for the year.

              (c)  Tax Treatment. Excess Elective Deferrals that are distributed
                   after April 15 are includible in the Participant's gross
                   income in both the taxable year in which deferred and the
                   taxable year in which distributed.

              (d)  Forfeiture of Certain Matching Contributions. All Matching
                   Contributions (whether or not vested) that were made on
                   account of an Excess Elective Deferral that has been
                   distributed in accordance with this Section 3.5 shall be
                   forfeited before the last day of the twelve-month period
                   immediately following the close of the taxable year in which
                   such Excess Elective Deferrals were made.

         3.6  Actual Deferral Percentage Test.

              (a)  Prior Year Testing. The Actual Deferral Percentage
                   (hereinafter "ADP") for a Plan Year for Participants who are
                   Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior
                   year's ADP for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated
                   Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the
                   following tests:

                   (i)    The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall
                          not exceed the prior year's ADP for Participants who
                          were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior
                          Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                   (ii)   The ADP for a Plan Year for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall
                          not exceed the prior year's ADP for Participants who
                          were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior
                          Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ADP for
                          Participants who were Highly Compensated Employees for
                          the Plan Year does not exceed the ADP for Participants
                          who were Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior
                          Plan Year by more than two percentage points.

                   For the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to
                   make Elective Deferrals and this is not a successor plan, for
                   purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year's ADP of
                   Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be 3 percent unless
                   the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the
                   Plan Year's ADP for these Participants.

                   Current Year Testing. If elected by the Employer in the
                   Adoption Agreement, the ADP tests in (i) and (ii), above,
                   will be applied by comparing the current Plan Year's ADP for
                   Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees with the
                   current Plan Year's ADP for Participants who are Non-Highly
                   Compensated Employees. Once made, this election can be undone
                   only if the Plan meets the requirements for changing to Prior
                   Year Testing set forth in Notice 98-1 (or superseding
                   guidance).

                   For Plan Years beginning before the Employer adopts this
                   document for its GUST-restated plan, the ADP Test in any such
                   Plan Year will be performed using Prior Year Testing or
                   Current Year Testing as the Employer elects in the Optional
                   Supplement.


                                       48



              (b)  Special Rules.

                   (i)    The Deferral Percentage for any Participant who is a
                          Highly Compensated Employee for the Plan Year, and who
                          is eligible to have Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
                          Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                          Contributions, or both, if treated as Elective
                          Deferrals for purposes of the ADP Test) allocated to
                          his or her Accounts under two or more cash or deferred
                          arrangements described in section 401(k) of the Code
                          that are maintained by the Employer, shall be
                          determined as if such Elective Deferrals (and, if
                          applicable, such Qualified Nonelective Contributions
                          or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both) were
                          made under a single arrangement. If a Highly
                          Compensated Employee participates in two or more cash
                          or deferred arrangements that have different plan
                          years, all cash or deferred arrangements ending with
                          or within the same calendar year shall be treated as a
                          single arrangement. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
                          certain plans shall be treated as separate if
                          mandatorily disaggregated under regulations under
                          section 401(k) of the Code.

                   (ii)   In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements
                          of section 401(k), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code
                          only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
                          one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of
                          such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this
                          Plan, then this Section shall be applied by
                          determining the Deferral Percentage of Employees as if
                          all such plans were a single plan. Any adjustments to
                          the Non-Highly Compensated Employee ADP for the prior
                          year will be made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and
                          any superseding guidance, unless the Employer has
                          elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current
                          Year Testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order
                          to satisfy section 401(k) of the Code only if they
                          have the same plan year and use the same ADP testing
                          method.

                   (iii)  Effective for Plan Years beginning before January 1,
                          1997, for purposes of determining the Deferral
                          Percentage of a Participant who is a Five Percent
                          Owner or one of the ten most highly-paid Highly
                          Compensated Employees, the Elective Deferrals (and
                          Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified
                          Matching Contributions, or both, if treated as
                          Elective Deferrals for purposes of the ADP Test) and
                          Testing Compensation of such Participant shall include
                          the Elective Deferrals (and, if applicable, Qualified
                          Nonelective Contributions and Qualified Matching
                          Contributions) and Testing Compensation for the Plan
                          Year of Family Members. Family Members, with respect
                          to such Highly Compensated Employees, shall be
                          disregarded as separate Employees in determining the
                          ADP both for Participants who are Non-Highly
                          Compensated Employees and for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees.

                   (iv)   For purposes of applying the ADP Test, Elective
                          Deferrals, Qualified Nonelective Contributions and
                          Qualified Matching Contributions must be made before
                          the last day of the twelve-month period immediately
                          following the Plan Year to which such contributions
                          relate.

                   (v)    The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                          demonstrate satisfaction of the ADP Test and the
                          amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                          Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                          such test.

                   (vi)   If the Employer elects to apply section 410(b)(4)(B)
                          of the Code in determining whether the Plan meets the
                          minimum coverage requirements of section 410(b)(1) of
                          the Code, the Employer may, in determining whether the
                          Plan satisfies the ADP Test, exclude from
                          consideration all eligible Employees (other than
                          Highly Compensated Employees) who have not met the
                          minimum age and service requirements of section
                          410(a)(1)(A) of the Code.

              (c)  Safe Harbor CODA.

                   (i)    If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                          to make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or Safe
                          Harbor Nonelective Contributions during a Plan Year,
                          the provisions of this Section 3.6 shall not apply.

                   (ii)   If the Employer suspends making Safe Harbor Matching
                          Contributions or Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions
                          during a Plan Year, the provisions of this Section 3.6
                          shall apply using Current Year Testing.


                                       49



                   (iii)  If the Employer wants to maintain the option to amend
                          the Plan during a Plan Year to provide for Safe Harbor
                          Nonelective Contributions during such Plan Year, the
                          ADP and ACP Tests must be applied using Current Year
                          Testing during such Plan Year.

         3.7  Average Contribution Percentage Test.

              (a)  Prior Year Testing. The Average Contribution Percentage
                   (hereinafter "ACP") for a Plan Year for Participants who are
                   Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year and the prior
                   year's ACP for Participants who were Non-Highly Compensated
                   Employees for the prior Plan Year must satisfy one of the
                   following tests:

                   (i)    The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall
                          not exceed the prior year's ACP for Participants who
                          were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior
                          Plan Year multiplied by 1.25; or

                   (ii)   The ACP for a Plan Year for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees for the Plan Year shall
                          not exceed the prior year's ACP for Participants who
                          were Non-Highly Compensated Employees for the prior
                          Plan Year multiplied by 2.0, provided that the ACP for
                          Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees does
                          not exceed the ACP for Participants who were
                          Non-Highly Compensated Employees in the prior Plan
                          Year by more than two percentage points.

              For the first Plan Year the Plan permits any Participant to make
              Employee After-Tax Contributions, provides for Matching
              Contributions, or both, and this is not a successor plan, for
              purposes of the foregoing tests, the prior year's ACP of
              Non-Highly Compensated Employees shall be 3 percent unless the
              Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to use the Plan
              Year's ACP for these Participants.

              Current Year Testing. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
              Agreement, the ACP tests in (i) and (ii), above, will be applied
              by comparing the current Plan Year's ACP for Participants who are
              Highly Compensated Employees for each Plan Year with the current
              Plan Year's ACP for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated
              Employees. Once made, this election can be undone only if the Plan
              meets the requirements for changing to Prior Year Testing set
              forth in Notice 98-1 (or superseding guidance).

              For Plan Years beginning before the Employer adopts this document
              for its GUST-restated plan, the ACP Test in any such Plan Year
              will be performed using Prior Year Testing or Current Year Testing
              as the Employer elects in the Optional Supplement.

              (b)  Special Rules.

                   (i)    For purposes of this Section, the Contribution
                          Percentage for any Participant who is a Highly
                          Compensated Employee and who is eligible to have
                          Contribution Percentage Amounts allocated to his or
                          her Account under two or more plans described in
                          section 401(a) of the Code or cash or deferred
                          arrangements described in section 401(k) of the Code
                          that are maintained by the Employer shall be
                          determined as if the total of such Contribution
                          Percentage Amounts were made under a single plan. If
                          Contribution Percentage Amounts are made on behalf of
                          a Highly Compensated Employee in two or more plans
                          that have different plan years, all such plans that
                          have plan years ending with or within the same
                          calendar year shall be treated as a single plan.
                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, certain plans shall be
                          treated as separate if mandatorily disaggre-gated
                          under regulations under section 410(b) of the Code.

                   (ii)   In the event that this Plan satisfies the requirements
                          of section 401(m), 401(a)(4) or 410(b) of the Code
                          only if aggregated with one or more other plans, or if
                          one or more other plans satisfy the requirements of
                          such sections of the Code only if aggregated with this
                          Plan, then this Section shall be applied by
                          determining the ACP of Employees as if all such plans
                          were a single plan. Any adjustments to the Non-Highly
                          Compensated Employee ACP for the prior year will be
                          made in accordance with Notice 98-1 and any
                          superseding guidance, unless the Employer has elected
                          in the Adoption Agreement to use the Current Year
                          Testing method. Plans may be aggregated in order to
                          satisfy section 401(m) of the Code only if they have
                          the same plan year and use the same ACP testing
                          method.


                                       50



                   (iii)  Effective for Plan Years beginning before January 1,
                          1997, for purposes of determining the Contribution
                          Percentage of a Participant who is a Five Percent
                          Owner or one of the ten most highly-paid Highly
                          Compensated Employees, the Contribution Percentage
                          Amounts and Testing Compensation of such Participant
                          shall include the Contribution Percentage Amounts and
                          Testing Compensation for the Plan Year of Family
                          Members. Family Members, with respect to Highly
                          Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as
                          separate Employees in determining the Contribution
                          Percentage both for Participants who are Non-Highly
                          Compensated Employees and for Participants who are
                          Highly Compensated Employees.

                   (iv)   For purposes of applying the ACP Test, Employee
                          After-Tax Contributions are considered to have been
                          made in the Plan Year in which contributed to the
                          Trust. Qualified Matching Contributions and Qualified
                          Nonelective Contributions will be considered made for
                          a Plan Year if made no later than the end of the
                          twelve-month period beginning on the day after the
                          close of the Plan Year.

                   (v)    The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                          demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the
                          amount of Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                          Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, used in
                          such test.

                   (vi)   If the Employer elects to apply section 410(b)(4)(B)
                          of the Code in determining whether the Plan meets the
                          minimum coverage requirements of section 410(b)(1) of
                          the Code, the Employer may, in determining whether the
                          Plan satisfies the ACP Test, exclude from
                          consideration all eligible Employees (other than
                          Highly Compensated Employees) who have not met the
                          minimum age and service requirements of section
                          410(a)(1)(A) of the Code.

              (c)  Safe Harbor CODA.

                   (i)    If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                          to make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or ACP Test
                          Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions during a Plan
                          Year, the provisions of this Section 3.7 shall apply
                          as follows:

                          (A)  If only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (or
                               ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions)
                               or Elective Deferrals, or both, are allowed, the
                               provisions of this Section 3.7 shall not apply.

                          (B)  If Employee After-Tax Contributions are allowed
                               or if the Employer makes any type of matching
                               contribution other than Safe Harbor Matching
                               Contributions or ACP Test Only Safe Harbor
                               Matching Contributions under the Plan during a
                               Plan Year, the provisions of this Section 3.7
                               shall apply during such Plan Year using Current
                               Year Testing except that the Employer may elect
                               to disregard Safe Harbor Matching Contributions
                               and ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
                               Contributions in performing such Current Year
                               Testing.

                   (ii)   If the Employer suspends making Safe Harbor Matching
                          Contributions or ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
                          Contributions during a Plan Year, the provisions of
                          this Section 3.7 shall apply using Current Year
                          Testing.

                   (iii)  If the Employer wants to maintain the option to amend
                          the Plan during a Plan Year to provide for Safe Harbor
                          Nonelective Contributions during such Plan Year, the
                          ADP and ACP Tests must be applied using Current Year
                          Testing during such Plan Year.

         3.8  Multiple Use Test. If one or more Highly Compensated Employees
              participate in both a cash or deferred arrangement and a plan
              subject to the ACP Test maintained by the Employer and the sum of
              the ADP and ACP of those Highly Compensated Employees subject to
              either or both tests exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then the ADP or
              ACP, or both, of those Highly Compensated Employees who also
              participate in a cash or deferred arrangement will be reduced in
              the manner determined by the Plan Administrator so that the limit
              is not exceeded. The amount by which each Highly Compensated
              Employee's Deferral Percentage or Contribution Percentage Amount,
              or both, is reduced shall be treated as an Excess Aggregate
              Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees
              are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP and
              ACP Tests. Impermissible multiple use does not occur if either the
              ADP or ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed
              1.25 multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the Non-Highly Compensated
              Employees.


                                       51



         3.9  Prevention or Cure of ADP Test Failures. The Plan Administrator
              may, in its sole discretion, use any one or a combination of the
              following methods to prevent or cure any ADP Test failure in
              accordance with section 401(k) of the Code and the regulations
              thereunder:

              (a)  The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept any or all
                   prospective Elective Deferrals to be contributed by a Highly
                   Compensated Employee.

              (b)  The Plan Administrator may distribute any or all Excess
                   Contributions in accordance with the provisions of Section
                   3.11.

              (c)  The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to contribute
                   a Qualified Nonelective Contribution in accordance with the
                   provisions of Section 3.12.

              (d)  Subject to the requirements of Section 3.13, the Plan
                   Administrator may, in its sole discretion, elect to treat
                   Qualified Matching Contributions as if they were Elective
                   Deferrals for purposes of the ADP test.

              (e)  The Plan Administrator may recharacterize Excess
                   Contributions as Employee After-Tax Contributions in
                   accordance with the provisions of Section 3.14.

              (f)  The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to make a
                   Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution in accordance with the
                   provisions of Section 3.15.

         3.10 Prevention or Cure of ACP Test Failures. The Plan Administrator
              may, in its sole discretion, use any one or a combination of the
              following methods to prevent or cure any ACP Test failure in
              accordance with section 401(m) of the Code and the regulations
              thereunder:

              (a)  The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept any or all
                   prospective Elective Deferrals or Employee After-Tax
                   Contributions, or both, to be contributed by a Highly
                   Compensated Employee.

              (b)  The Plan Administrator may elect to contribute a Qualified
                   Matching Contribution in accordance with the provisions of
                   Section 3.13.

              (c)  The Plan Administrator may forfeit, if forfeitable, or
                   distribute, if not forfeitable, Excess Aggregate
                   Contributions in accordance with Section 3.17.

              (d)  The Plan Administrator may elect to treat Qualified
                   Nonelective Contributions or Elective Deferrals, or both, as
                   if they were Matching Contributions in accordance with
                   Sections 3.12 and 3.16, respectively, subject to the
                   requirements of Section 3.1(e).

              (e)  If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA in the
                   Adoption Agreement for a Plan Year, and if Employee After-Tax
                   Contributions can be made to the Plan in such Plan Year, the
                   Plan Administrator may, in its sole discretion, use any one
                   or a combination of the following methods to prevent or cure
                   any ACP Test failure:

                   (i)    The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept any or all
                          prospective Employee After-Tax Contributions to be
                          contributed by a Highly Compensated Employee.

                   (ii)   The Plan Administrator may distribute Employee
                          After-Tax Contributions (and any income or loss
                          allocable thereto) that are Excess Aggregate
                          Contributions.

         3.11 Distribution of Excess Contributions to Cure ADP Test Failure.

              (a)  General Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of this
                   Plan, Excess Contributions for a Plan Year, plus any income
                   and minus any loss allocable thereto, shall be distributed to
                   Participants to whose Accounts such Excess Contributions were
                   allocated for the preceding Plan Year no later than twelve
                   months following the last day of such preceding Plan Year.
                   Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated
                   Employees with the largest amounts of Elective Deferrals and
                   amounts treated as Elective Deferrals taken into account in
                   calculating the ADP Test for the year in which the excess
                   arose, beginning with the Highly Compensated Employee with
                   the largest amount of such Elective Deferrals and amounts
                   treated as Elective Deferrals and continuing in descending
                   order until all Excess Contributions have been allocated. For
                   purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is
                   determined after distribution of any Excess Elective
                   Deferrals. If such excess amounts are distributed more than 2
                   1/2months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such
                   excess amounts arose, a 10% excise tax on such amounts will
                   be imposed on the Employer.


                                       52



                   For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, Excess
                   Contributions of a Participant who is subject to the Family
                   Member aggregation rules shall be allocated among the Family
                   Members of such Participant in proportion to the Elective
                   Deferrals (and amounts treated as Elective Deferrals) of each
                   Family Member that is combined to determine the combined ADP
                   of such Participant.

              (b)  Calculation of Income or Loss. The income or loss allocable
                   to Excess Contributions allocated to each Participant is
                   equal to the amount of income or loss allocable to the
                   Participant's Elective Deferral subaccount (and, if
                   applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution subaccount
                   or the Qualified Matching Contribution subaccount, or both)
                   for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of
                   which is such Participant's Excess Contributions for the Plan
                   Year and the denominator of which is the sum of (i) the
                   Participant's account balance attributable to Elective
                   Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective Contributions or
                   Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if any of such
                   contributions are included in the ADP Test) as of the
                   beginning of the Plan Year, and (ii) Elective Deferrals (and
                   Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                   Contributions, or both, if any such contributions are
                   included in the ADP Test).

              (c)  Method of Distribution. Excess Contributions shall be
                   distributed from the Participant's Elective Deferral
                   subaccount, Qualified Nonelective Contribution subaccount (if
                   applicable) or Qualified Matching Contribution subaccount (if
                   applicable), or any such subaccounts, in the manner
                   determined by the Plan Administrator.

              (d)  Forfeiture of Certain Matching Contributions. Any Matching
                   Contribution (whether or not vested) that was made on account
                   of an Excess Contribution that has been distributed in
                   accordance with this Section 3.11 shall be forfeited no later
                   than twelve months after the close of the Plan Year in which
                   such Excess Contribution occurred.

              (e)  Annual Additions. Excess Contributions shall be treated as
                   Annual Additions under the Plan.

         3.12 Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Prevent or Cure ADP and/or
              ACP Test Failure. The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect
              to contribute a Qualified Nonelective Contribution in any amount
              to prevent or cure any ADP Test and/or ACP Test failure for a Plan
              Year within twelve months after the close of the Plan Year to
              which such contribution relates. Qualified Nonelective
              Contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated only to the
              Accounts of Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
              in one of the following methods selected by the Plan
              Administrator:

              (a)  In the ratio in which each such Non-Highly Compensated
                   Employee's Compensation as defined in the Adoption Agreement
                   for the Plan Year for which the Qualified Nonelective
                   Contribution is being made bears to the total such
                   Compensation of all such Non-Highly Compensated Employees for
                   such Plan Year.

              (b)  Beginning with the Non-Highly Compensated Employee with the
                   lowest such Compensation for such Plan Year and continuing in
                   ascending order an amount no greater than the Maximum
                   Permissible Amount, as defined in Section 6.1(j), reduced by
                   any Annual Additions credited to such Non-Highly Compensated
                   Employee under this Plan or any other plan of the Employer as
                   if such amount of the Qualified Nonelective Contribution
                   allocated to such Non-Highly Compensated Employee were
                   included as an Annual Addition for such Plan Year.

         3.13 Qualified Matching Contribution to Prevent or Cure ADP and/or ACP
              Test Failure. The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to
              contribute a Qualified Matching Contribution in any amount to
              prevent or cure any ADP Test and/or ACP Test failure for a Plan
              Year within twelve months after the close of the Plan Year to
              which such contribution relates. Qualified Matching Contributions
              for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Accounts of Participants
              who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who would be eligible
              for an allocation of Matching Contributions in accordance with
              Section 3.3(a) in accordance with one of the following methods:

              (a)  If the Employer makes Matching Contributions only on behalf
                   of Participants who make Elective Deferrals, in the ratio in
                   which the Elective Deferrals for such Plan Year of each
                   Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee and who
                   is eligible for a Matching Contribution for such Plan Year
                   bear to the total Elective Deferrals of all such Non-Highly
                   Compensated Employees for such Plan Year.


                                       53



              (b)  If the Employer makes Matching Contributions only on behalf
                   of Participants who make Employee After-Tax Contributions, in
                   the ratio in which the Employee After-Tax Contributions for
                   such Plan Year of each Participant who is a Non-Highly
                   Compensated Employee and who is eligible for a Matching
                   Contribution for such Plan Year bear to the total Employee
                   After-Tax Contributions of all such Non-Highly Compensated
                   Employees for such Plan Year.

              (c)  If the Employer makes Matching Contributions on behalf of
                   Participants who make Elective Deferrals or Employee
                   After-Tax Contributions, or both, in the ratio in which the
                   total Elective Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions
                   for such Plan Year of each Participant who is a Non-Highly
                   Compensated Employee and is eligible for a Matching
                   Contribution for such Plan Year bear to the total Elective
                   Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions of all such
                   Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year.

         3.14 Recharacterization of Excess Contributions to Cure ADP Test
              Failure. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to allow
              Participants to make Employee After-Tax Contributions to the Plan,
              the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may treat Excess
              Contributions allocated to a Highly Compensated Employee as an
              amount distributed to him or her and then contributed by him or
              her to the Plan as an Employee After-Tax Contribution.
              Recharacterized Excess Contributions will remain nonfor-feitable.
              Excess Contributions may not be recharacterized to the extent such
              amounts in combination with other Employee After-Tax Contributions
              made by that Employee would exceed any stated limit under the Plan
              on Employee After-Tax Contributions.

              Recharacterization must occur no later than 2 1/2months after the
              last day of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose
              and is deemed to occur no earlier than the date the last Highly
              Compensated Employee is informed in writing of the amount
              recharacterized and the consequences thereof. Recharacterized
              amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the Participant's
              taxable year in which the Participant would have received them in
              cash.

         3.15 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution to Prevent ADP Test Failure.
              The Employer may elect to make a Safe Harbor Nonelective
              Contribution during a Plan Year as described in Notice 2000-3 and
              any superceding guidance.

         3.16 Elective Deferrals to Cure ACP Test Failure. The Plan
              Administrator may, in its sole discretion, elect to treat Elective
              Deferrals as if they were Matching Contributions for a Plan Year
              as long as the ADP Test is met before the Elective Deferrals are
              used in the ACP Test and continues to be met following the
              exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to meet the
              ACP Test.

         3.17 Forfeiture and/or Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions
              to Cure ACP Test Failure. Notwithstanding any other provision of
              this Plan, Excess Aggregate Contributions for a Plan Year, plus
              any income and minus any loss allocable thereto, may be forfeited,
              if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable, distributed, no later than
              twelve months after the close of the Plan Year to which such
              contributions relate, to Participants to whose Accounts such
              Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year.
              Excess Aggregate Contributions are allocated to the Highly
              Compensated Employees with the largest Contribution Percentage
              Amounts taken into account in calculating the ACP Test for the
              Plan Year in which the excess arose, beginning with the Highly
              Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Contribution
              Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until all
              the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For
              purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is
              determined after distribution of any Excess Contributions. For
              Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, Excess Aggregate
              Contributions of a Participant who is subject to the Family Member
              aggregation rules shall be allocated among the Family Members of
              such Participant in proportion to the Matching Contributions (or
              amounts treated as Matching Contributions) of each Family Member
              that is combined to determine the combined ACP of such
              Participant. Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if
              forfeitable, or distributed, if not forfeitable, in the manner
              determined by the Plan Administrator from the Participant's
              Matching Contribution subaccount and/or Qualified Matching
              Contribution subaccount (and/or, if applicable, the Participant's
              Qualified Nonelective Contribution subaccount or Elective Deferral
              subaccount, or both).


                                       54



              If Excess Aggregate Contributions are distributed more than 2 1/2
              months after the last day of the Plan Year in which such excess
              amounts arose, a 10% excise tax will be imposed on the Employer
              maintaining the Plan with respect to those amounts. Excess
              Aggregate Contributions shall be treated as Annual Additions
              under the Plan.

              The income or loss allocable to Excess Aggregate Contributions
              allocated to a Participant is equal to the amount of income or
              loss allocable to the Participant's Employee After-Tax
              Contributions subaccount, Matching Contribution subaccount,
              Qualified Matching Contribution subaccount (if any, and if all
              amounts therein are not used in the ADP Test) and, if applicable,
              Qualified Nonelective Contribution subaccount and Elective
              Deferral subaccount for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction,
              the numerator of which is such Participant's Excess Aggregate
              Contributions for the year and the denominator of which is the sum
              of (i) the Participant's account balance(s) attributable to
              Contribution Percentage Amounts as of the beginning of the Plan
              Year, and (ii) Contribution Percentage Amounts made during the
              Plan Year.

              Forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be reallocated
              to Participants' Accounts as described in Section 5.5.

              Any Matching Contribution (whether or not vested) that was made on
              account of an Excess Aggregate Contribution that has been
              distributed in accordance with this Section 3.17 shall be
              forfeited no later than twelve months after the close of the Plan
              Year in which such Excess Aggregate Contribution occurred.

ARTICLE IV - SAFE HARBOR CODA

         4.1  Rules of Application.

              (a)  Except as specifically provided in this Article, if the
                   Employer has elected the safe harbor CODA option in the
                   Adoption Agreement, the provisions of this Article IV shall
                   apply and any provisions relating to the ADP Test described
                   in Section 3.6 or the ACP Test described in Section 3.7 do
                   not apply. Notwithstanding the foregoing,

                   (i)    If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                          to permit Employee After-Tax Contributions during a
                          Plan Year in which the Employer has elected the safe
                          harbor CODA, such Employee After-Tax Contributions
                          shall be subject to the ACP Test described in Section
                          3.7.

                   (ii)   If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                          to make Safe Harbor Nonelective Contributions and
                          Matching Contributions, such Matching Contributions
                          shall be subject to the ACP Test described in Section
                          3.7.

              (b)  To the extent that any other provision of the Plan is
                   inconsistent with the provisions of this Article, the
                   provisions of this Article shall govern.

         4.2  Safe Harbor Contributions. If the Employer elects in the Adoption
              Agreement to make Safe Harbor Contributions, for each Plan Year
              the Employer shall contribute to the Trust an amount as shall be
              determined by the Employer in accordance with the Safe Harbor
              Contribution formula(s) specified in the Adoption Agreement. If
              the payroll period method is used to determine Safe Harbor
              Matching Contributions and/or ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
              Contributions, such contributions made with respect to any Plan
              Year quarter beginning after May 1, 2000, must be contributed to
              the Plan by the last day of the following Plan Year quarter.

         4.3  Notice Requirement.

              (a)  At least 30 days, but not more than 90 days, before the
                   beginning of a Plan Year, the Employer will provide each
                   Participant a notice of the safe harbor matching and/or
                   nonelective contribution formula used under the Plan, how
                   such contributions are fully vested when made, how and when
                   to make salary deferral elections and how to obtain
                   additional information about the Plan, written in a manner
                   calculated to be understood by the average Participant. If an
                   Employee becomes a Participant after the 90th day before the
                   beginning of the Plan Year and does not receive the notice
                   for that reason, the notice must be provided no more than 90
                   days before the Employee becomes a Participant but no later
                   than the day the Employee becomes a Participant.


                                       55



              (b)  In addition to any other election periods provided under the
                   Plan, each Participant may make or modify a salary deferral
                   election during the 30-day period immediately following
                   receipt of the notice described in subsection (a) above.

         4.4  Special Rule. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of the
              Article, the provisions of Notice 98-52 and Notice 2000-3 (and any
              superceding guidance) shall govern the operation of a Plan that
              makes a safe harbor CODA election in the Adoption Agreement.

ARTICLE V - ALLOCATION OF FUNDS

         5.1  Allocation of Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions.

              (a)  Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 5.1, the
                   following definitions shall apply.

                   (i)    Integration Level. The Social Security Taxable Wage
                          Base or such lesser percentage of the Social Security
                          Taxable Wage Base elected by the Employer in the
                          Adoption Agreement.

                   (ii)   Maximum Profit Sharing Disparity Rate. The lesser of:

                          (A)  2.7% (5.7% if the Plan is not Top-Heavy);

                          (B)  The applicable percentage determined in
                               accordance with the table below:

              If the Integration Level is


More Than         But Not More Than         The Applicable Percentage Is:

                                           Top-Heavy          Not Top-Heavy

     $0            20% of SSTWB               2.7%                5.7%
20% of SSTWB       80% of SSTWB               1.3%                4.3%
80% of SSTWB      100% of SSTWB               2.4%                5.4%

              If the Integration Level is equal to SSTWB, the applicable
              percentage is 2.7% (5.7% if the Plan is not Top-Heavy).

                   (iii)  SSTWB or Social Security Taxable Wage Base. The
                          contribution and benefit base in effect under section
                          230 of the Social Security Act on the first day of the
                          Plan Year.

              (b)  Formula. If the Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to
                   make Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions, all
                   Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions it elects to make
                   for any Plan Year shall be allocated to the Account of each
                   Participant eligible for such an allocation, as designated by
                   the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, in the ratio that
                   such Participant's Compensation bears to the Compensation of
                   all such Participants. However, if the Discretionary Profit
                   Sharing Contribution formula selected in the Adoption
                   Agreement provides for allocations under the permitted
                   disparity rules, Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions
                   for the Plan Year shall be allocated to the Accounts of
                   Participants eligible for such an allocation as follows:

                   If the Plan is Top-Heavy (as defined in Article XII) for the
                   Plan Year, begin at Step One; if the Plan is not Top-Heavy
                   for the Plan Year, begin at Step Three.

                   Step One. Contributions (and forfeitures, if applicable) will
                   be allocated to each eligible Participant's Discretionary
                   Profit Sharing Contributions subaccount in the ratio that
                   each eligible Participant's Compensation bears to all such
                   Participants' Compensation, but not in excess of 3% of each
                   Participant's Compensation.

                   Step Two. Any contributions (and forfeitures, if applicable)
                   remaining after the allocation in Step One will be allocated
                   to each eligible Participant's Discretionary Profit Sharing
                   Contributions subaccount in the ratio that each eligible
                   Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year in excess of the
                   Integration Level (hereinafter "Excess Compensation") bears
                   to the Excess Compensation of all such Participants, but not
                   in excess of 3% of Compensation.


                                       56



                   Step Three. Any contributions (and forfeitures, if
                   applicable) remaining after the allocation in Step Two if the
                   Plan is Top-Heavy will be allocated to each eligible
                   Participant's Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions
                   subaccount in the ratio that the sum of each eligible
                   Participant's Compensation and Excess Compensation bears to
                   the sum of all such Participants' Compensation and Excess
                   Compensation, but not in excess of the Maximum Profit Sharing
                   Disparity Rate.

                   Step Four. Any remaining contributions (and forfeitures, if
                   applicable) will be allocated to each eligible Participant's
                   Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions subaccount in the
                   ratio that each such Participant's Compensation for the Plan
                   Year bears to the total of all such Participants'
                   Compensation for that year.

              If the Employer maintains any other plan that provides for
              permitted disparity, and if any Participant in this Plan is
              eligible to participate in such other plan, this Plan may not
              provide for permitted disparity.

              Effective for Plan Years beginning on or after January 1, 1995,
              the cumulative permitted disparity limit for a Participant is 35
              total cumulative permitted disparity years. Total cumulative
              permitted disparity years means the number of years credited to
              the Participant for allocation or accrual purposes under this Plan
              or any other qualified plan or simplified employee pension plan
              (whether or not terminated) ever maintained by the Employer. For
              purposes of determining the Participant's cumulative permitted
              disparity limit, all years ending in the same calendar year are
              treated as the same year. If the Participant has not benefited
              under a defined benefit or target benefit plan for any year
              beginning on or after January 1, 1994, the Participant has no
              cumulative disparity limit.

         5.2  Allocation of Net Earnings or Losses of the Trust. Earnings,
              dividends, capital gain distributions, appreciation, depreciation,
              losses and accrued but unpaid interest and any other earnings or
              losses from assets in a specific Participant's Account or
              subaccount or in a segregated account under the Plan shall be
              allocated to such Account, subaccount, or segregated account.

         5.3  Valuations. In determining the earnings or losses of the Trust, as
              of each Valuation Date the Trust shall be valued in accordance
              with the provisions of the Trust Agreement.

         5.4  Accounting for Distributions. All distributions made to a
              Participant or his Beneficiary and any transfers to another
              qualified plan shall be charged to the appropriate subaccount of
              the Participant's Account as of the date of the distribution or
              transfer.

         5.5  Allocation of Forfeitures. Any forfeitures arising under the Plan,
              including forfeitures of Excess Aggregate Contributions, shall be
              allocated in the following order of priority as of the Plan Year
              in which forfeitures occur:

              (a)  First, forfeitures shall be used to the extent necessary to
                   restore a returning Participant's Account as provided in
                   Section 7.5 and to restore a formerly unlocatable
                   Participant's or Beneficiary's Account as provided in Section
                   7.6;

              (b)  Next, if the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement,
                   forfeitures shall be treated as an Employer contribution,
                   shall be used to reduce Matching Contributions and/or Safe
                   Harbor Contributions required under the Plan and shall be
                   allocated to the appropriate Matching Contribution
                   subaccounts, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution subaccounts,
                   Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution subaccounts and/or ACP
                   Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contribution subaccounts of
                   the Participants on whose behalf such contributions are to be
                   made;

              (c)  Next, forfeitures shall be treated as Employer contributions
                   and shall be allocated to Participants' Accounts to the
                   extent necessary to satisfy the minimum allocation provisions
                   of Section 12.3.

              (d)  Next, to the extent elected by the Plan Administrator,
                   forfeitures shall be treated as a Qualified Nonelective
                   Contribution or a Qualified Matching Contribution and shall
                   be allocated as provided in Sections 3.12 and 3.13,
                   respectively;

              (e)  Next, to the extent elected by the Plan Administrator,
                   forfeitures shall be used to pay reasonable costs of
                   administering the Plan;


                                       57



              (f)  Any remaining forfeitures shall be treated as Employer
                   contributions and shall be allocated as follows:

                   (i)    If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement
                          that it may make Discretionary Profit Sharing
                          Contributions to the Plan, such forfeitures shall be
                          treated as Discretionary Profit Sharing Contributions
                          and allocated in accordance with the provisions of
                          Section 5.1(b);

                   (ii)   If the Employer has not elected in the Adoption
                          Agreement that it may make Discretionary Profit
                          Sharing Contributions to the Plan, such forfeitures
                          shall be allocated as follows:

                          (A)  In any Plan Year in which the Plan is not a safe
                               harbor cash or deferred arrangement, such
                               forfeiture shall be treated as Matching
                               Contributions and allocated to each Participant's
                               Matching Contribution subaccount in the ratio
                               that each Participant's Matching Contributions
                               for the Plan Year bear to the total of all
                               Participants' Matching Contributions for the Plan
                               Year.

                          (B)  In any Plan Year in which the Plan is a safe
                               harbor cash or deferred arrangement, such
                               forfeitures shall be treated as Discretionary
                               Profit Sharing Contributions and allocated to the
                               Account of each Participant in the ratio that
                               each Participant's Compensation for the Plan Year
                               bears to the Compensation of all such
                               Participants for the Plan Year.

         5.6  Investment of Funds.

              (a)  Investment Control. Subject to the provisions of subsection
                   (c) below, the management and control of the Trust shall be
                   vested in the Plan Administrator, and the Trustee shall be
                   subject to the directions of the Plan Administrator made in
                   accordance with the terms of the Plan and ERISA.

              (b)  Investment Limitations. The Trustee shall invest all funds
                   received from the Employer in the Investment Options in the
                   manner from time to time directed in writing by the Employer.

              (c)  Participant Directed Investments. Each Participant, subject
                   to such reasonable restrictions as the Employer, the Plan
                   Administrator or the Sponsor may impose for administrative
                   convenience, may direct the Plan Administrator on what
                   percentage of his or her Account will be invested in each
                   Investment Option. No person, including the Trustee and the
                   Employer, shall be responsible for any loss or for any breach
                   of fiduciary duty which results from a Participant's or
                   Beneficiary's exercise of investment control.

              (d)  Failure of a Participant to Make an Investment Election. If a
                   Participant does not make a designation of an Investment
                   Option, the Employer shall direct the Trustee to invest all
                   amounts held or received on account of such Participant in
                   the Investment Option(s) designated by the Employer.

              (e)  Employer Securities. If provided in the Adoption Agreement,
                   the Employer and/or Participants may direct that
                   contributions will be invested in qualifying employer
                   securities (within the meaning of section 407(d)(5) of
                   ERISA), subject to such restrictions as the Employer, the
                   Administrator or the Sponsor may impose for administrative
                   convenience or legal compliance.

ARTICLE VI - LIMITATION ON ALLOCATIONS

         6.1  Definitions. For purposes of this Article VI, the following
              definitions shall apply:

              (a)  Annual Additions Compensation shall mean one of the following
                   as elected by the Employer in the Adoption Agreement, paid
                   during the period elected by the Employer in the Adoption
                   Agreement:

                   (i)    W-2 earnings as defined in Section 1.13(a)(i).

                   (ii)   Section 415 Compensation as defined in Section
                          1.13(a)(ii).

                   (iii)  Section 3401(a) wages as defined in Section
                          1.13(a)(iii).

              For the purposes of determining Annual Additions Compensation, W-2
              earnings, section 415 Compensation and section 3401(a) wages shall
              be determined in accordance with the provisions of subsections (c)
              through (f) of Section 1.13 as if the term "Annual Additions
              Compensation" were substituted for the term "Compensation" in each
              place the term "Compensation" appears in such subsections.


                                       58



              (b)  Defined Benefit Fraction shall mean a fraction, the numerator
                   of which is the sum of the Participant's Projected Annual
                   Benefits under all defined benefit plans (whether or not
                   terminated) maintained by the Employer, and the denominator
                   of which is the lesser of 125% of the dollar limitation in
                   effect for the Limitation Year under section 415(b) and (d)
                   of the Code or 140% of the Highest Average Compensation
                   including any adjustments under section 415(b) of the Code.

              Notwithstanding the above, if the Participant was a Participant as
              of the first day of the first Limitation Year beginning after
              December 31, 1986, in one or more defined benefit plans maintained
              by the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
              denominator of this fraction will not be less than 125% of the sum
              of the annual benefits under such plans which the Participant had
              accrued as of the close of the last Limitation Year beginning
              before January 1, 1987, disregarding any changes in the terms and
              conditions of the plan after May 5, 1986. The preceding sentence
              applies only if the defined benefit plans individually and in the
              aggregate satisfied the requirements of section 415 of the Code
              for all Limitation Years beginning before January 1, 1987.

              (c)  Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation shall mean $30,000, as
                   adjusted under section 415(d) of the Code.

              (d)  Defined Contribution Fraction shall mean a fraction, the
                   numerator of which is the sum of the Annual Additions to the
                   Participant's account under all defined contribution plans
                   (whether or not terminated) maintained by the Employer for
                   the current and all prior Limitation Years (including the
                   Annual Additions attributable to the Participant's
                   nondeductible employee contributions to all defined benefit
                   plans, whether or not terminated, maintained by the Employer
                   and the Annual Additions attributable to all welfare benefit
                   funds, individual medical accounts and simplified employee
                   pensions maintained by the Employer), and the denominator of
                   which is the sum of the maximum aggregate amount for the
                   current and all prior Limitation Years of service with the
                   Employer (regardless of whether a defined contribution plan
                   was maintained by the Employer). The maximum aggregate amount
                   in any Limitation Year is the lesser of 125% of the dollar
                   limitation determined under section 415(b) and (d) of the
                   Code in effect under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the Code or 35%
                   of the Participant's Annual Additions Compensation for such
                   year.

                   If the Employee was a Participant as of the end of the first
                   day of the first Limitation Year beginning after December 31,
                   1986, in one or more defined contribution plans maintained by
                   the Employer which were in existence on May 6, 1986, the
                   numerator of this fraction will be adjusted if the sum of
                   this fraction and the Defined Benefit Fraction would
                   otherwise exceed 1.0 under the terms of this Plan. Under the
                   adjustment, an amount equal to the product of (i) the excess
                   of the sum of the fractions over 1.0 times (ii) the
                   denominator of this fraction, will be permanently subtracted
                   from the numerator of this fraction. The adjustment is
                   calculated using the fractions as they would be computed as
                   of the end of the last Limitation Year beginning before
                   January 1, 1987, and disregarding any changes in the terms
                   and conditions of the plan made after May 5, 1986, but using
                   the section 415 limitation applicable to the first Limitation
                   Year beginning on or after January 1, 1987.

                   Annual Additions for any Limitation Year beginning before
                   January 1, 1987, shall not be recomputed to treat all
                   Employee After-Tax Contributions as an Annual Addition.

              (e)  Employer shall mean the Employer that adopts this Plan, and
                   all members of a controlled group of corporations (as defined
                   in section 414(b) of the Code as modified by section 415(h)
                   of the Code), all commonly controlled trades or businesses
                   (as defined in section 414(c) of the Code as modified by
                   section 415(h) of the Code) or affiliated service groups (as
                   defined in section 414(m) of the Code) of which the adopting
                   Employer is a part and any other entity required to be
                   aggregated with the Employer pursuant to regulations under
                   section 414(o) of the Code.

              (f)  Excess Amount shall mean the excess of the Participant's
                   Annual Additions for the Limitation Year over the Maximum
                   Permissible Amount.

              (g)  Highest Average Compensation shall mean the average Annual
                   Additions Compensation of a Participant for the three
                   consecutive years of service (as measured by the Limitation
                   Year) with the Employer that produces the highest average.


                                       59



              (h)  Limitation Year shall mean the Plan Year. All qualified plans
                   maintained by the Employer must use the same Limitation Year.
                   If the Limitation Year is amended to a different 12
                   consecutive month period, the new Limitation Year must begin
                   on a date within the Limitation Year in which the amendment
                   is made.

              (i)  Master or Prototype Plan shall mean a plan the form of which
                   is the subject of a favorable opinion letter from the
                   Internal Revenue Service.

              (j)  Maximum Permissible Amount. The maximum Annual Additions that
                   may be contributed or allocated to a Participant's Account
                   under this Plan for any Limitation Year shall not exceed the
                   lesser of:

                   (i)    The Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation; or

                   (ii)   Twenty-five percent of the Participant's Annual
                          Additions Compensation for the Limitation Year.

                   The Annual Additions Compensation limitation referred to in
                   (ii) above shall not apply to any contribution for medical
                   benefits (within the meaning of section 401(h) or 419A(f)(2)
                   of the Code) which is otherwise treated as an Annual Addition
                   under section 415(l)(1) or 419A(d)(2) of the Code.

                   If a short Limitation Year is created because of an amendment
                   changing the Limitation Year to a different 12 consecutive
                   month period, the Maximum Permissible Amount shall not exceed
                   the Defined Contribution Dollar Limitation, multiplied by the
                   following fraction:

                   Number of months in the short Limitation Year
                   ---------------------------------------------
                                      12

              (k)  Projected Annual Benefit shall mean the annual retirement
                   benefit (adjusted to an actuarially equivalent straight life
                   annuity if such benefit is expressed in a form other than a
                   straight life annuity or qualified joint and survivor
                   annuity) to which a Participant would be entitled under the
                   terms of the plan assuming:

                   (i)    the Participant will continue employment until the
                          normal retirement age under the plan (or current age
                          if later); and

                   (ii)   the Participant's compensation for the current
                          Limitation Year and all other relevant factors used to
                          determine benefits under the plan remain constant for
                          all future Limitation Years.

         6.2  Participants Not Covered Under Other Plans.

              (a)  If the Participant does not participate in, and has never
                   participated in another qualified plan maintained by the
                   Employer, or a welfare benefit fund (as defined in section
                   419(e) of the Code) maintained by the Employer or an
                   individual medical account (as defined in section 415(l)(2)
                   of the Code) maintained by the Employer, or a simplified
                   employee pension (as defined in Section 408(k) of the Code)
                   maintained by the Employer, which provides an Annual
                   Addition, the amount of Annual Additions which may be
                   credited to the Account of the Participant for any Limitation
                   Year shall not exceed the lesser of the Maximum Permissible
                   Amount or any other limitation contained in this Plan. If
                   contributions for and/or allocations to the Account of the
                   Participant would cause the Annual Additions for the
                   Limitation Year to exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the
                   amount contributed or allocated will be reduced to the extent
                   that the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year will equal
                   the Maximum Permissible Amount.

              (b)  Prior to determining a Participant's Annual Additions
                   Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may
                   determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for the Participant
                   on the basis of a reasonable estimation of the Participant's
                   Annual Additions Compensation for the Limitation Year,
                   uniformly determined for all Participants similarly situated.

              (c)  As soon as is administratively feasible after the end of the
                   Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the
                   Limitation Year will be determined on the basis of the
                   Participant's Annual Additions Compensation for the
                   Limitation Year.


                                       60



              (d)  If, for any Limitation Year, the maximum Annual Additions is
                   exceeded by reason of allocation of forfeitures, a reasonable
                   error in estimating a Participant's Annual Additions
                   Compensation, a reasonable error in determining the amount of
                   Elective Deferrals or under other limited facts and
                   circumstances approved by the Internal Revenue Service, then,
                   any such excess shall be disposed of in the following order:

                   (i)    Any Employee After-Tax Contributions, and any income
                          attributable thereto, to the extent they would reduce
                          the Excess Amount, shall be returned to the
                          Participant;

                   (ii)   Any Elective Deferrals, and any income attributable
                          thereto, to the extent they would reduce the Excess
                          Amount, shall be returned to the Participant;

                   (iii)  If, after the application of paragraph (ii), an Excess
                          Amount still exists and the Participant is covered by
                          the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the Excess
                          Amount in the Participant's Account shall be used to
                          reduce Employer contributions (including any
                          allocation of forfeitures) for such Participant in the
                          next Limitation Year, and each succeeding Limitation
                          Year, if necessary;

                   (iv)   If, after the application of paragraph (ii), an Excess
                          Amount still exists and the Participant is not covered
                          by the Plan at the end of the Limitation Year, the
                          Excess Amount shall be held unallocated in a suspense
                          account. The suspense account shall be used to reduce
                          future Employer contributions for all remaining
                          Participants in the next Limitation Year, and each
                          succeeding Limitation Year if necessary;

                   (v)    If a suspense account is in existence at any time
                          during the Limitation Year pursuant to this Section,
                          amounts held in the suspense account may not be
                          distributed to the Participants or Beneficiaries. Any
                          balance which may be in the suspense account upon
                          termination of the Plan shall revert to the Employer.
                          If a suspense account is in existence at any time
                          during a particular Limitation Year, all amounts in
                          the suspense account must be allocated and reallocated
                          to Participants' Accounts before any Employer or any
                          Employee contributions may be made to the Plan for
                          that Limitation Year. Excess Amounts may not be
                          distributed to Participants or former Participants.

         6.3  Participants Covered Under Other Defined Contribution Plans.

              (a)  This Section applies if, in addition to this Plan, the
                   Participant is covered under another qualified master or
                   prototype defined contribution plan maintained by the
                   Employer, a welfare benefit fund (as defined in section
                   419(e) of the Code) maintained by the Employer, an individual
                   medical account (as defined in section 415(l)(2) of the Code)
                   maintained by the Employer or a simplified employee pension
                   (as defined in section 408(k) of the Code) maintained by the
                   Employer, that provides an Annual Addition during any
                   Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may be credited
                   to the Account of a Participant under this Plan for any such
                   Limitation Year shall not exceed the Maximum Permissible
                   Amount reduced by the Annual Additions credited to the
                   account of the Participant under the other plans and welfare
                   benefit funds for the same Limitation Year. If the Annual
                   Additions with respect to the Participant under other defined
                   contribution plans and welfare funds maintained by the
                   Employer are less than the Maximum Permissible Amount and the
                   Employer contributions that would otherwise be contributed or
                   allocated to the Account of the Participant under this Plan
                   would cause the Annual Additions for the Limitation Year to
                   exceed the Maximum Permissible Amount, the amount contributed
                   or allocated will be reduced so that the Annual Additions
                   under all plans and funds for the Limitation Year shall equal
                   the Maximum Permissible Amount. If Annual Additions with
                   respect to the Participant under such other defined
                   contribution plans and welfare benefit funds in the aggregate
                   are equal to or greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount,
                   no amount will be contributed or allocated to the Account of
                   the Participant under this Plan for the Limitation Year.

              (b)  Prior to determining the Participant's Annual Additions
                   Compensation for the Limitation Year, the Employer may
                   determine the Maximum Permissible Amount for a Participant in
                   the manner described in Section 6.2(b).


                                       61



              (c)  As soon as administratively feasible after the end of the
                   Limitation Year, the Maximum Permissible Amount for the
                   Limitation Year shall be determined on the basis of the
                   Participant's Annual Additions Compensation for the
                   Limitation Year.

              (d)  If, pursuant to Section 6.3(a) or as a result of the
                   allocation of forfeitures, a Participant's Annual Additions
                   under this Plan and such other plans would result in an
                   Excess Amount for a Limitation Year, the Excess Amount shall
                   be deemed to consist of the Annual Additions last allocated,
                   except that Annual Additions attributable to a simplified
                   employer pension will be deemed to have been allocated first,
                   followed by annual additions to a welfare benefit fund or
                   individual medical account, regardless of the actual
                   allocation date.

              (e)  If an Excess Amount was allocated to a Participant on an
                   allocation date of this Plan which coincides with an
                   allocation date of another plan, the Excess Amount attributed
                   to this Plan will be the product of:

                   (i)    the total Excess Amount allocated as of such date,

                   (ii)   the ratio of (1) the Annual Additions allocated to the
                          Participant for the Limitation Year as of such date
                          under this Plan to (2) the total Annual Additions
                          allocated to the Participant for the Limitation Year
                          as of such date under this and all the other qualified
                          master or prototype defined contribution plans.

              (f)  Any Excess Amount attributed to this Plan shall be disposed
                   of in the manner described in Section 6.2(d).

              (g)  If the Participant is covered under another qualified defined
                   contribution plan maintained by the Employer which is not a
                   master or prototype plan, Annual Additions which may be
                   credited to the Participant's Account under this Plan for any
                   Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with
                   subsections (a) through (f) above as though the other plan
                   were a master or prototype plan unless the Employer provides
                   other limitations in the Adoption Agreement.

         6.4  Participants Covered Under Both Defined Benefit and Defined
              Contribution Plans. If the Employer maintains, or at any time
              maintained, a qualified defined benefit plan covering any
              Participant in this Plan, the sum of the Participant's Defined
              Benefit Fraction and Defined Contribution Fraction shall not
              exceed 1.0 in any Limitation Year. The Annual Additions which may
              be credited to the Account of a Participant under this Plan for
              any Limitation Year will be limited in accordance with the
              Adoption Agreement. Unless otherwise elected by the Employer in
              the Optional Supplement, this Section 6.4 shall not apply for
              Limitation Years beginning on or after January 1, 2000.

ARTICLE VII - VESTING

         7.1  Employee After-Tax Contribution, Elective Deferral, Rollover
              Contribution, Participant-Directed Transfer, Qualified Nonelective
              Contribution, Qualified Matching Contribution, Safe Harbor
              Matching Contribution and Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution
              Subaccounts.

              A Participant's Employee After-Tax Contribution subaccount,
              Elective Deferral subaccount, Rollover Contribution subaccount,
              Participant-Directed Transfer subaccount, Qualified Nonelective
              Contribution subaccount, Qualified Matching Contribution
              subaccount, Safe Harbor Matching Contribution subaccount and Safe
              Harbor Nonelective Contribution subaccount shall be fully vested
              and nonforfeitable at all times.

         7.2  Matching Contribution, Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution
              and ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contribution Subaccounts.

              (a)  General. Notwithstanding the vesting schedule selected by the
                   Employer in the Adoption Agreement, the Participant's
                   Matching Contribution subaccount, Discretionary Profit
                   Sharing Contribution subaccount and ACP Test Only Safe Harbor
                   Matching Contribution subaccount shall be fully vested and
                   nonforfeitable upon the Participant's death, Total and
                   Permanent Disability or attainment of Normal or Early
                   Retirement Age while employed by the Employer. In the absence
                   of any of the preceding events, and subject to the provisions
                   of Sections 3.5(d), 3.11(d), 3.17, 12.4 and 14.2(b), the
                   Participant's Matching Contribution subaccount, Discretionary
                   Profit Sharing Contribution subaccount and ACP Test Only Safe
                   Harbor Matching Contribution subaccount shall be vested in
                   accordance with the vesting schedule(s) specified in the
                   Adoption Agreement. The schedule(s) must be at least as
                   favorable to Participants as either schedule in (i) or (ii)
                   below. If no vesting


                                       62



               schedule is selected in the Adoption Agreement, a Participant
               shall be considered 100% vested all portions of his Account.

          (i)  Graduated vesting according to one of the following schedules:

               Years of Vesting Service                 Percent Vested

                   3 but less than 4                           20%
                   4 but less than 5                           40%
                   5 but less than 6                           60%
                   6 but less than 7                           80%
                   7 or more                                  100%

                                       OR

               Years of Vesting Service                 Percent Vested

                   5 or more                                  100%

          (ii) 100% full and immediate.

          For purposes of this Article, if the Employer elects in the Adoption
          Agreement to calculate service using the Elapsed Time method, "Year(s)
          of Service" as defined in Section 1.19 shall be substituted for
          "Year(s) of Vesting Service."

     (b)  In-Service Distributions When Not Fully Vested. If a distribution is
          made from a Participant's Matching Contribution subaccount,
          Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution subaccount or ACP Test Only
          Safe Harbor Matching Contribution subaccount at a time when the
          Participant is not 100% vested in such subaccount and the
          Participant's employment with the Employer has not terminated, then

          (i)  A separate remainder subaccount will be established for the
               Participant's interest in such Matching Contribution,
               Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution or ACP Test Only Safe
               Harbor Matching Contribution subaccount at the time of the
               distribution, and

          (ii) At any subsequent time, the Participant's vested portion of such
               separate subaccount will be equal to an amount "X" determined
               under the formula:

                              X = P(AB + (RxD)) - (RxD)

               where

               P  = the Participant's vested percentage determined under
                    subsection (a) at the relevant time.

               AB = the amount in such separate subaccount at the relevant time.

               R  = the ratio of AB to the amount in the subaccount after the
                    distribution.

               D  = the amount of the distribution.

7.3  Determination of Years of Vesting Service. For purposes of determining the
     vested and nonfor-feitable percentage of the Participant's Matching
     Contribution, Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution and ACP Test Only
     Safe Harbor Matching Contribution subaccounts, except as provided in the
     following sentence, all of the Participant's Years of Vesting Service with
     the Employer or an Affiliated Employer shall be taken into account. In the
     case of a Participant who has five consecutive 1-year Breaks in Service,
     all Years of Vesting Service after such Breaks in Service shall be
     disregarded for purposes of determining the Participant's vested benefit
     derived from Employer contributions which accrued before such breaks, but
     both pre-break and post-break service shall count for purposes of
     determining the Participant's vested benefit derived from Employer
     contributions accruing after such breaks. If the Employer maintains the
     plan of a predecessor employer, Years of Vesting Service with such employer
     will be treated as service with the Employer.


                                       63



7.4  Amendments to Vesting Schedule.

     (a)  Participants' Election Rights. If the Plan's vesting schedule is
          amended, or the Plan is amended in any way that directly or indirectly
          affects the computation of a Participant's nonforfeitable percentage,
          each Participant with at least three years of service, whether or not
          consecutive, with the Employer may elect, within a reasonable period
          after the adoption of the amendment or change, to have the
          nonforfeitable percentage computed under the Plan without regard to
          such amendment or change. For any Participants who do not have at
          least one Hour of Service in any Plan Year beginning after December
          31, 1988, the preceding sentence shall be applied by substituting
          "five years of service" for "three years of service" where such
          language appears.

     (b)  Election Period. The period during which the election may be made
          shall commence with the date the amendment is adopted or deemed to be
          made and shall end on the latest of:

          (i)    60 days after the amendment is adopted;

          (ii)   60 days after the amendment becomes effective; or

          (iii)  60 days after the Participant is issued written notice of the
                 amendment by the Employer or Plan Administrator.

7.5  Forfeiture of Nonvested Amounts. For Plan Years beginning before 1985, any
     portion of a Participant's Account that is not vested shall be forfeited by
     him as of the last day of the Plan Year in which he incurs a Break in
     Service. For Plan Years beginning after 1984, any portion of a
     Participant's Account that is not vested shall be forfeited in accordance
     with the following rules:

     (a)  Distribution in Full. If a Participant's service with the Employer
          terminates and if the entire vested portion of the Participant's
          Account is distributed to him at any time before the end of the fifth
          Plan Year following the Plan Year in which his employment terminated,
          the remaining portion of the Participant's Account shall be forfeited
          as of the end of the Plan Year in which such distribution occurs, as
          long as the Participant has not resumed employment with the Employer
          by such date. However, if the Participant has no vested interest in
          his Account at the time of his termination of employment, the Plan
          Administrator nonetheless shall treat the Participant as if he had
          received a distribution on the date his employment terminated and
          shall forfeit the Participant's entire Account as soon as
          administratively feasible after the date his employment terminated. If
          the Participant returns as an Employee before the end of five
          consecutive Breaks in Service measured from the day immediately after
          the date of his distribution (or measured from the date his employment
          terminated in the case of a Participant who had no vested interest in
          his Account) then his unvested Account balance (determined as of the
          date of the distribution of his vested interest, unadjusted by
          subsequent gains and losses, or in the case of a Participant who had
          no vested interest in his Account, determined as of the date his
          employment terminated) shall be restored as of the end of the Plan
          Year in which he is reemployed. In such case, the Participant's
          Account shall be restored first out of the forfeitures for such Plan
          Year and, if such forfeitures are insufficient to restore such
          Account, the Employer shall make a special contribution to the Plan to
          the extent necessary so that the Participant's Account is fully
          restored.

     (b)  Partial or No Distributions. If a Participant's service with the
          Employer terminates and if part of his entire vested interest in his
          Account is distributed to him before he incurs five consecutive Breaks
          in Service, a separate remainder subaccount shall be established for
          that portion of the Participant's Account that is not vested. Such
          separate subaccount shall be forfeited at the earliest of (i) his date
          of death following termination of employment, or (ii) the end of the
          Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five consecutive Breaks in
          Service. If a Participant's service with the Employer terminates and
          if no part of his vested interest in his Account is distributed to him
          before he incurs five consecutive Breaks in Service, that portion of
          the Participant's Account that is not vested shall be forfeited at the
          earlier of (i) his date of death following termination of employment,
          or (ii) at the end of Plan Year in which the Participant incurs five
          consecutive Breaks in Service. If all or any portion of such a
          Participant's vested benefits are distributed before a forfeiture is
          permitted and if the Participant returns to work as an Employee after
          the distribution and before he incurs five consecutive Breaks in
          Service, his vested interest in such separate subaccount at any time
          shall be determined by applying the formula in Section 7.2(b)(ii).


                                       64



          (c)  No restoration made pursuant to subsection (a) or (b) shall be
               deemed to be Annual Additions for purposes of Article VI.

     7.6  Reinstatement of Benefit. If a vested benefit is forfeited because the
          Participant or Beneficiary cannot be found, such benefit (determined
          as of the date of forfeiture) will be reinstated if a claim is made by
          the Participant or Beneficiary, or if the Participant or Beneficiary
          is subsequently located by the Plan Administrator.

ARTICLE VIII - LOANS

     8.1  General Provisions.

          (a)  Eligibility for Loans. If the Employer so elects in the Adoption
               Agreement, loans shall be made available to any Participant or
               Beneficiary who is a party-in-interest (as defined in section
               3(14) of ERISA) on a reasonably equivalent basis. Loans will not
               be made to any shareholder-employee, Owner-Employee or
               Participant or Beneficiary who is not a party-in-interest (as
               defined in section 3(14) of ERISA). For purposes of this
               requirement, a shareholder-employee means an Employee or officer
               of an electing small business (subchapter S) corporation who owns
               (or is considered as owning within the meaning of section
               318(a)(1) of the Code) on any day during the taxable year of such
               corporation more than 5% of the outstanding stock of the
               corporation.

          (b)  Spousal Consent Rules.

               (i)  For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 2002 (or such
                    earlier date elected by the Employer in the Optional
                    Supplement), a Participant must obtain the consent of his or
                    her spouse, if any, to use the Account as security for a
                    loan. Spousal consent shall be obtained no earlier than the
                    beginning of the 90-day period that ends on the date on
                    which the loan is to be so secured. The consent must be in
                    writing, must acknowledge the effect of the loan and must be
                    witnessed by a Plan representative or notary public. Such
                    consent shall thereafter be binding with respect to the
                    consenting spouse or any subsequent spouse with respect to
                    that loan. A new consent shall be required if the Account is
                    used for renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision
                    of the loan.

               (ii) Effective as of the first day of the Plan Year beginning on
                    or after January 1, 2002 (or such earlier date elected by
                    the Employer in the Optional Supplement), only if any
                    portion of a Participant's Account used as security for a
                    loan is subject to the joint and survivor annuity
                    requirements of Article XI, must the Participant obtain the
                    consent of his or her spouse, if any, to use such portion of
                    his or her Account as security for the loan. Spousal consent
                    shall be obtained no earlier than the beginning of the
                    90-day period that ends on the date on which the loan is to
                    be so secured. The consent must be in writing, must
                    acknowledge the effect of the loan, and must be witnessed by
                    a Plan representative or notary public. Such consent shall
                    thereafter be binding with respect to the consenting spouse
                    or any subsequent spouse with respect to that loan. A new
                    consent shall be required if the vested Account is used for
                    renegotiation, extension, renewal or other revision of the
                    loan.

               If a valid spousal consent has been obtained in accordance with
               subsection (b)(i) or (b)(ii), then, notwithstanding any other
               provision of this Plan, the portion of the Participant's vested
               Account used as a security interest held by the Plan by reason of
               a loan outstanding to the Participant shall be reduced by the
               amount of the outstanding loan for purposes of determining the
               amount of the Account payable at the time of death or
               distribution, but only if the reduction is used as repayment of
               the loan. If less than 100% of the Participant's vested Account
               (determined without regard to the preceding sentence) is payable
               to the Participant's surviving spouse, then the vested Account
               shall be adjusted by first reducing the vested Account by the
               amount of the security used as repayment of the loan, and then
               determining the benefit payable to the surviving spouse.

     8.2  Amount of Loan. Loans shall not be made available to Highly
          Compensated Employees in an amount greater than the amount made
          available to other Employees. Loans to any Participant or Beneficiary
          will not be made to the extent that such loan, when added to the
          outstanding balance of all other loans to the Participant or
          Beneficiary, would exceed the lesser of:


                                       65



          (a)  $50,000 reduced by the excess (if any) of the highest outstanding
               balance of loans during the one year period ending on the day
               before the loan is made, over the outstanding balance of loans
               from the Plan on the date the loan is made; or

          (b)  one-half of the vested Account of the Participant.

               For the purpose of the above limitation, all loans from all plans
               of the Employer and Affiliated Employers are aggregated.

     8.3  Manner of Making Loans. The Plan's loan program will be administered
          by the Plan Administrator. A request by a Participant for a loan shall
          be made to the Plan Administrator and shall specify the amount of the
          loan. The terms and conditions on which the Plan Administrator shall
          approve loans under the Plan shall be applied on a uniform and
          nondiscriminatory basis with respect to all Participants. If a
          Participant's request for a loan is approved by the Plan
          Administrator, the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with
          written instructions directing the Trustee to make the loan in a
          single sum payment of cash to the Participant. In making any loan
          payment under this Article, the Trustee shall be fully entitled to
          rely on the instructions furnished by the Plan Administrator and shall
          be under no duty to make any inquiry or investigation with respect
          thereto.

     8.4  Terms of Loan. Loans shall be made on such terms and subject to such
          limitations as the Plan Administrator may prescribe. Furthermore, any
          loan shall, by its terms, require that repayment (principal and
          interest) be amortized in level payments, not less frequently than
          quarterly, over a period not extending beyond five years from the date
          of the loan, unless such loan is used to acquire a dwelling unit
          which, within a reasonable time (determined at the time the loan is
          made), will be used as the principal residence of the Participant. The
          rate of interest to be charged shall be determined by the Plan
          Administrator.

     8.5  Security for Loan. Any loan to a Participant under the Plan shall be
          secured by the pledge of the Participant's vested interest in his
          Account. Such pledge shall be evidenced by a promissory note by the
          Participant which shall provide that, in the event of any default by
          the Participant on a loan repayment, the Plan Administrator shall be
          authorized (to the extent permitted by law) to take any and all other
          actions necessary and appropriate to enforce collection of the unpaid
          loan. An assignment or pledge of any portion of the Participant's
          interest in the Plan will be treated as a loan under this Article.

     8.6  Segregated Investment. Loans shall be considered a
          Participant-directed investment.

     8.7  Repayment of Loan. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
          responsibility for ensuring that a Participant timely makes all loan
          payments and for notifying the Trustee in the event of any default by
          the Participant on the loan. Each loan payment shall be paid to the
          Trustee and shall be accompanied by instructions from the Plan
          Administrator that identify the Participant on whose behalf the loan
          payment is being made. Loan payments will be suspended under the Plan
          as permitted under the terms and conditions of the loan program and
          loan document.

     8.8  Default on Loan. In the event of a default by a Participant on a loan
          payment, all remaining payments on the loan shall be immediately due
          and payable. The Plan Administrator shall take any and all actions
          necessary and appropriate to enforce collection of the unpaid loan.
          However, attachment of the Participant's Account pledged as security
          will not occur until a distributable event occurs under the Plan.

ARTICLE IX - IN-SERVICE WITHDRAWALS

     9.1  Withdrawal of Employee After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions
          and Participant-Directed Transfer Contributions. Subject to any other
          applicable requirements of this Plan, any Participant who has made
          Employee After-Tax Contributions, Rollover Contributions or a
          Participant-Directed Transfer may have paid to him as an in-service
          withdrawal all or any portion of the value of his Employee After-Tax
          Contribution subaccount, his Rollover Contributions subaccount or his
          Participant-Directed Transfer subaccount in a single sum payment. No
          forfeitures will occur solely as a result of withdrawals from such
          subaccounts.


                                       66



     9.2  Withdrawal After Attainment of Early or Normal Retirement Age. If
          elected by the Employer in the Section of the Adoption Agreement
          containing election options for in-service withdrawals upon attaining
          Early or Normal Retirement Age, a Participant shall be permitted to
          withdraw all or a portion of his vested Account on or after the
          attainment of age 59 1/2(or such later age designated by the Employer
          in such Section of the Adoption Agreement).

     9.3  Hardship Withdrawals.

          (a)  General Rule. If the Employer so elects in the Adoption
               Agreement, distribution in a single sum payment of Elective
               Deferrals (and earnings thereon accrued as of the later of
               December 31, 1988, and the end of the last Plan Year ending
               before July 1, 1989) and/or the vested portion of Matching
               Contribution and Discretionary Profit Sharing Contribution
               subaccounts, as elected by the Employer in the Adoption
               Agreement, may be made to a Participant in the event of hardship.

               (Hardship distributions may not be made from Safe Harbor
               Contribution subaccounts). For the purposes of this Section,
               hardship is defined as an immediate and heavy financial need of
               the Participant where such Participant lacks other available
               resources.

          (b)  Needs Considered Immediate and Heavy. The only financial needs
               considered immediate and heavy are the following:

               (i)  Expenses incurred or necessary for medical care (within the
                    meaning of section 213(d) of the Code) of the Employee, the
                    Employee's spouse, children or dependents (as described in
                    section 152 of the Code);

               (ii) Costs directly related to the purchase (excluding mortgage
                    payments) of a principal residence for the Employee;

               (iii) Payment of tuition, and related educational fees, and room
                    and board expenses, for the next twelve months of
                    post-secondary education for the Employee, the Employee's
                    spouse, children or dependents; or

               (iv) The need to prevent the eviction of the Employee from, or a
                    foreclosure on the mortgage of, the Employee's principal
                    residence.

          (c)  Necessary to Satisfy Need. A distribution will be considered as
               necessary to satisfy an immediate and heavy financial need of the
               Employee only if:

               (i)  The Employee has obtained all distributions, other than
                    hardship distributions, and all non-taxable loans under all
                    plans maintained by the Employer;

               (ii) All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
                    Employee's Elective Deferrals (and Employee contributions)
                    will be suspended for twelve months after the receipt of the
                    hardship distribution;

               (iii) The distribution is not in excess of the amount of an
                    immediate and heavy financial need (including amounts
                    necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or
                    penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the
                    distribution); and

               (iv) All plans maintained by the Employer provide that the
                    Employee may not make Elective Deferrals for the Employee's
                    taxable year immediately following the taxable year of the
                    hardship distribution in excess of the applicable limit
                    under section 402(g) of the Code for such taxable year less
                    the amount of such Employee's Elective Deferrals for the
                    taxable year of the hardship distribution.

     9.4  Age 59 1/2 Withdrawals. If elected by the Employer in the Adoption
          Agreement, a Participant shall be permitted to withdraw all or a
          portion of his vested Account balance on or after the attainment of
          age 59 1/2.

     9.5  Manner of Making Withdrawals. Any withdrawal by a Participant under
          the Plan shall be made only after the Participant files a request with
          the Plan Administrator specifying the nature of the withdrawal (and
          the reasons therefore, if a hardship withdrawal) and the amount of
          funds requested to be withdrawn and, if applicable, including the
          spousal consent required under Article XI. Upon approving any
          withdrawal, the Plan Administrator shall furnish the Trustee with
          written instructions directing the Trustee to make the withdrawal in a
          single sum payment of cash to the Participant; provided, however,


                                       67



          that in-service withdrawals after Early or Normal Retirement Age may
          be made in any form of distribution selected by the Employer in the
          Adoption Agreement. In making any withdrawal payment, the Trustee
          shall be fully entitled to rely on the instructions furnished by the
          Plan Administrator and shall be under no duty to make any inquiry or
          investigation with respect thereto.

     9.6  Limitations on Withdrawals. The Plan Administrator may prescribe
          uniform and nondiscriminatory rules and procedures limiting the number
          of times a Participant may make a withdrawal under the Plan during any
          Plan Year and the minimum amount a Participant may withdraw on any
          single occasion.

     9.7  Special Circumstances. Elective Deferral, Qualified Nonelective
          Contribution, Qualified Matching Contribution, Safe Harbor Matching
          Contribution and Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution subac-counts may
          be distributed upon:

          (a)  Plan Termination. Termination of the Plan without the
               establishment of another defined contribution plan, other than an
               employee stock ownership plan (as defined in section 4975(e)(7)
               of the Code) or a simplified employee pension plan (as defined in
               section 408(k) of the Code) or a SIMPLE IRA plan (as defined in
               section 408(p) of the Code).

          (b)  Disposition of Assets. The disposition by a corporate Employer to
               an unrelated corporation of substantially all of the assets
               (within the meaning of section 409(d)(2) of the Code) used in a
               trade or business of such corporate Employer if such corporate
               Employer continues to maintain this Plan after the disposition,
               but only with respect to Employees who continue employment with
               the corporation acquiring such assets.

          (c)  Disposition of Subsidiary. The disposition by a corporate
               Employer to an unrelated entity of such corporate Employer's
               interest in a subsidiary (within the meaning of section 409(d)(3)
               of the Code) if such corporate Employer continues to maintain
               this Plan, but only with respect to Employees who continue
               employment with such subsidiary.

               Distributions that are triggered by any of the foregoing events
               must be made in a single sum payment.

ARTICLE X - DISTRIBUTION PROVISIONS

     10.1 Retirement Distributions. If a Participant's Normal or Early
          Retirement Date should occur prior to the termination of his
          employment with the Employer, all amounts then credited to such
          Participant's Account shall become 100% vested regardless of the
          number of the Participant's Years of Vesting Service. If a
          Participant's employment with the Employer is terminated on or after
          his Early or Normal Retirement Date, such termination shall be deemed
          "Retirement," and the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to
          take such action as may be necessary to distribute to such
          Participant, in one of the methods provided in Section 10.7, the value
          of his Account.

          (a)  Deferred Retirement. If a Participant's employment continues
               after his Early or Normal Retirement Date, his participation in
               the Plan shall continue and, subject to Section 10.9, the
               distribution of his benefits shall be postponed until the earlier
               of (i) the date on which his Retirement becomes effective, or
               (ii) subject to applicable provisions of the Plan regarding
               in-service distribution, the date the Participant elects to
               receive his benefits.

          (b)  Participant Status After Retirement. Upon a Participant's
               Retirement, his participation as an active Participant hereunder
               shall cease, subject to his right to share in contributions made
               with respect to the Plan Year of his Retirement if he otherwise
               qualifies for such contributions in such Plan Year.

     10.2 Death Benefits. Upon the death of a Participant before Retirement or
          before other termination of employment with the Employer, all amounts
          then credited to his Account shall become 100% vested, regardless of
          the number of his Years of Vesting Service. The Plan Administrator
          shall direct the Trustee to distribute the value of the Participant's
          Account, in one of the methods provided in Section 10.7, and at the
          time provided in Section 10.6, to any surviving Beneficiary designated
          by the Participant in accordance with the provisions of subsection (c)
          below.


                                       68



(a)  Death of Former Employee. Upon the death of a former Employee before
     distribution of his vested interest in his Account has begun, the Trustee,
     in accordance with the instructions of the Plan Administrator and in
     accordance with the provisions of this Article, shall take such action as
     may be necessary to distribute his vested interest in his Account, in one
     of the methods provided in Section 10.7 hereof and commencing at such time
     provided in Section 10.6, to any surviving Beneficiary designated in
     accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) below. Upon the death of a
     former Participant after distribution of his benefits has begun and before
     the entire vested interest in his Account has been distributed to him, the
     Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to distribute the remaining
     portion of such interest to any surviving Beneficiary designated in
     accordance with the provisions of subsection (c) below at least as rapidly
     as under the method of distribution being used as of the date of his death.

(b)  Proof of Death. The Plan Administrator may require such proper proof of
     death and such evidence of the right of any person to receive payment of
     the vested interest of a deceased Participant or former Participant as it
     may deem desirable. The Plan Administrator's determination of death and of
     the right of any person to receive payment shall be conclusive.

(c)  Beneficiary Designation. Each Participant may designate one or more primary
     Beneficiaries and one or more secondary Beneficiaries by filing written
     notice with the Plan Administrator on a form acceptable to the Plan
     Administrator. However, in the case of a married Participant, the
     Participant shall be deemed to have designated his surviving spouse as his
     sole primary Beneficiary, notwithstanding any contrary written notice,
     unless such spouse filed a written voluntary consent with the Plan
     Administrator irrevocably consenting to the Participant's designation of a
     non-spouse Beneficiary, which consent shall be notarized or witnessed by
     the Plan Administrator, and shall acknowledge the effect of the
     Participant's designation of Beneficiary. A married Participant may not
     subsequently change the designated non-spouse Beneficiary unless his
     spouse's voluntary consent acknowledges that the spouse has a right to
     consent to a specific beneficiary and expressly permits designations by the
     Participant without further spousal consent or his spouse has filed a
     written consent with the Plan Administrator, irrevocably consenting to such
     change, which consent shall be notarized or witnessed by the Plan
     Administrator, and shall acknowledge the effect of the change. Subject to
     the two preceding sentences, a Participant may change any designated
     Beneficiary by filing written notice of the change with the Plan
     Administrator in the form prescribed by the Plan Administrator. If any
     Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary, or if his designated
     Beneficiary or Beneficiaries do not survive the Participant, the Plan
     Administrator shall designate a Beneficiary or Beneficiaries on his behalf,
     in the following order:

     (i)    The Participant's spouse, if living at the time of the Participant's
            death.

     (ii)   The Participant's issue, per stirpes.

     (iii)  The Participant's parents equally.

     (iv)   The estate of the Participant.

After a Participant's death, any actual Beneficiary of the deceased Participant
may designate one or more primary beneficiaries and one or more secondary
beneficiaries to receive the Beneficiary's interest in the Plan attributable to
the Participant's benefits after the Beneficiary's death, to the extent such
designation is not inconsistent with the Participant's beneficiary designation.
If the Beneficiary fails to designate a beneficiary or if none of his designated
beneficiaries survive him, the Plan Administrator shall, to the extent not
inconsistent with the Participant's beneficiary designation, designate a
beneficiary or beneficiaries on the Beneficiary's behalf, in the following
order:

     (i)    The Beneficiary's spouse, if living at the time of the Beneficiary's
            death.

     (ii)   The Beneficiary's issue, per stirpes.

     (iii)  The Beneficiary's parents equally.

     (iv)   The Beneficiary's estate.


                                       69



10.3 Total and Permanent Disability Benefits. If, prior to his Retirement or
     other termination of employment with the Employer, the Plan Administrator
     determines that a Participant has incurred a Total and Permanent
     Disability, the Participant shall be deemed to have retired by reason of
     Total and Permanent Disability, and his Account shall become 100% vested,
     regardless of the number of his Years of Vesting Service. The Plan
     Administrator shall determine the date as of which such Retirement shall
     become effective. The Trustee, in accordance with the instructions of the
     Plan Administrator and in accordance with the provisions of this Article,
     shall take such action as may be necessary to distribute the value of the
     Participant's Account(s) to the Participant commencing at such time, and in
     one of the methods, provided in Sections 10.5 and 10.7 hereof.

10.4 Termination of Employment Prior to Retirement, Death or Total and Permanent
     Disability. If a Participant's employment with the Employer terminates for
     any reason other than Retirement, Total and Permanent Disability or death,
     the Plan Administrator shall direct the Trustee to take such action as may
     be needed to distribute to such Participant the vested portion of his
     Account, as determined in accordance with Article VII. Such distribution
     shall be made commencing at such time, and in one of the methods, provided
     in Sections 10.5 and 10.7 hereof.

10.5 Commencement of Lifetime Distributions.

     (a)  Upon Retirement or Total and Permanent Disability. The distribution of
          benefits payable to a Participant who retires by reason of Retirement
          or Total and Permanent Disability shall commence as soon as is
          administratively feasible after a date on or after the Participant's
          Retirement as he elects, but in no event later than his required
          beginning date. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of this
          subsection (a), if such a Participant's total vested benefits do not
          exceed $5,000, his vested benefits shall be distributed to him in a
          single sum payment as soon as administratively feasible after his
          Retirement or termination of employment with the Employer by reason of
          Total and Permanent Disability.

     (b)  Distribution Upon Termination of Employment and Restrictions on
          Immediate Distribution. If the value of a Participant's vested account
          balance derived from Employer and Employee contributions exceeds
          $5,000, and the account balance is immediately distributable, the
          Participant and the Participant's spouse (or where either the
          Participant or the spouse has died, the survivor) must consent to any
          distribution of such account balance. The consent of the Participant
          and the Participant's spouse shall be obtained in writing within the
          90-day period ending on the annuity starting date. The annuity
          starting date is the first day of the first period for which an amount
          is paid as an annuity or any other form. The Plan Administrator shall
          notify the Participant and the Participant's spouse of the right to
          defer any distribution until the Participant's account balance is no
          longer immediately distributable. Such notification shall include a
          general description of the material features, and an explanation of
          the relative values, of the optional forms of benefit available under
          the Plan in a manner that would satisfy the notice requirements of
          section 417(a)(3) of the Code and shall be provided no less than 30
          days and no more than 90 days prior to the annuity starting date.
          However, distribution may commence less than 30 days after the notice
          described in the preceding sentence is given provided the Plan
          Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the Participant has
          a right to a period of at least 30 days after receiving the notice to
          consider the decision of whether to elect distribution (and, if
          applicable, a particular distribution option), and the Participant,
          after receiving the notice, affirmatively elects a distribution.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, only the Participant need consent to
          the commencement of a distribution in the form of a qualified joint
          and survivor annuity while the account balance is immediately
          distributable. (Furthermore, if payment in the form of a qualified
          joint and survivor annuity is not required with respect to the
          Participant pursuant to Section 11.6 of the Plan, only the Participant
          need consent to the distribution of an account balance that is
          immediately distributable.) Neither the consent of the Participant nor
          the Participant's spouse shall be required to the extent that a
          distribution is required to satisfy section 401(a)(9) or 415 of the
          Code. In addition, upon termination of this Plan, if the Plan does not
          offer an annuity option (purchased from a commercial provider), the
          Participant's account balance will be distributed to the Participant
          or, if the Participant does not consent to an immediate distribution,
          transferred to another defined contribution plan (other than an
          employee stock ownership plan as defined in section 4975(e)(7) of the
          Code) within the same controlled group.


                                       70



          An account balance is immediately distributable if any part of the
          account balance could be distributed to the Participant (or surviving
          spouse) before the Participant attains (or would have attained if not
          deceased) the later of Normal Retirement Age or age 62.

          For purposes of determining the applicability of the foregoing consent
          requirements to distributions made before the first day of the first
          Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, the Participant's vested
          account balance shall not include amounts attributable to accumulated
          deductible employee contributions within the meaning of section
          72(o)(5)(B) of the Code.

     (c)  Force-Outs. Notwithstanding the foregoing provisions of subsections
          (a) and (b), a Participant's vested benefits shall be distributed to
          him in a single sum payment as soon as is administratively feasible
          after the date on which his employment with the Employer terminated if
          his vested benefits:

          (i)    for Plan Years beginning before August 6, 1997, do not exceed
                 $3,500 (or did not exceed $3,500 at the time of any prior
                 distribution),

          (ii)   for Plan Years beginning after August 5, 1997, and for a
                 distribution made prior to March 22, 1999, did not exceed
                 $5,000 (or did not exceed $5,000 at the time of any prior
                 distribution), and

          (iii)  for a distribution made after March 21, 1999, that either did
                 not exceed $5,000 or is a remaining payment under a selected
                 optional form of payment that did not exceed $5,000 at the time
                 the selected payment began.

          If a Participant would have received a distribution under the
          preceding sentence but for the fact that the Participant's vested
          Account exceeded $5,000 after the Participant's employment terminated
          and if at a later time such vested Account is reduced such that it is
          not greater than $5,000, the Plan Administrator may direct that the
          Participant will receive a distribution of such vested Account, and
          the nonvested portion will be forfeited. For the purposes hereof, if
          the value of a Participant's vested Account is zero, the Participant
          shall be deemed to have received a distribution of such Account.

     (d)  Statutory Requirements. Unless the Participant elects otherwise,
          distribution of his benefits shall commence during the sixty day
          period immediately following the end of the Plan Year in which occurs
          the latest of:

          (i)    the Participant's Normal Retirement Age,

          (ii)   the 10-year anniversary of the date on which the Participant
                 commenced participation in the Plan, and

          (iii)  the date the Participant's employment with the Employer
                 terminates.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, the failure of a Participant (and
          spouse, if applicable) to consent to a distribution while a benefit is
          immediately distributable, as defined in subsection (b), shall be
          deemed to be an election to defer commencement of payment of any
          benefit sufficient to satisfy this Section.

     (e)  In-Service Distributions. The distribution of a Participant's vested
          benefits shall not commence prior to the time his employment with the
          Employer terminates, except in the following circumstances:

          (i)    Withdrawals made in accordance with the provisions of Article
                 IX,

          (ii)   Payments to an alternate payee pursuant to a qualified domestic
                 relations order as described in section 414(p) of the Code, or

          (iii)  Minimum required distributions made on and after his required
                 beginning date.

10.6 Commencement of Death Benefits.

     (a)  Subject to Section 10.9, if a Participant dies before his benefit
          payments have commenced, his death benefits, if any, shall be payable
          beginning at such reasonable time after the Participant's death as his
          Beneficiary elects, subject to and in accordance with the following
          provisions:


                                       71



          (i)    Non-Spouse Beneficiary. In the case of a Beneficiary other than
                 the Participant's surviving spouse, benefits must commence no
                 later than the December 31 that coincides with or immediately
                 follows the fifth anniversary of the Participant's death. If
                 the beginning date of such benefits is after the December 31
                 that coincides with or immediately follows the first
                 anniversary of the Participant's death, the Beneficiary's
                 entire interest in the Participant's death benefits must be
                 distributed no later than the December 31 that coincides with
                 or immediately follows the fifth anniversary of the
                 Participant's death.

          (ii)   Spouse Beneficiary. If the Participant's Beneficiary is the
                 Participant's surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may elect
                 to defer the commencement of benefits to the December 31 that
                 coincides with or immediately follows the later of (i) the
                 first anniversary of the Participant's death, or (ii) the date
                 on which the Participant would have attained age 70 1/2. If the
                 Participant's Beneficiary is his surviving spouse, and if his
                 surviving spouse dies after the Participant dies but prior to
                 the time the Participant's death benefits have commenced, the
                 provisions of this Section 10.6 shall apply as if the surviving
                 spouse were the Participant, except that the surviving spouse
                 of the deceased Participant's surviving spouse shall not
                 qualify as a surviving spouse.

          (iii)  Election Period. Any election made by a Beneficiary under this
                 Section must be made no later than the December 31 that
                 coincides with or immediately follows the first anniversary of
                 the Participant's death and must be irrevocable as of such
                 date, except that if the Participant's Beneficiary is the
                 Participant's surviving spouse, the surviving spouse may defer
                 making such election to the earlier of (i) the December 31 that
                 coincides with or immediately follows the fifth anniversary of
                 the Participant's death, or (ii) the last date on which the
                 surviving spouse could defer the commencement of benefits under
                 paragraph (ii). If a Beneficiary fails to make a proper
                 election hereunder, the Plan Administrator shall direct the
                 Trustee to distribute the Beneficiary's interest in the
                 Participant's death benefits in full no later than the December
                 31 that coincides with or immediately follows the fifth
                 anniversary of the Participant's death.

     (b)  If a Participant dies after distribution of his or her interest has
          begun, the remaining portion of such interest will continue to be
          distributed at least as rapidly as under the method of distribution
          being used before the Participant's death.

10.7 Methods of Distribution.

     (a)  General Rule. Subject to Article XI, all benefits shall be distributed
          in accordance with one of the following methods selected by the
          Employer in the Adoption Agreement as the Participant or Beneficiary,
          as the case may be, may elect during the 90-day period before the date
          benefits commence:

          (i)    In monthly, quarterly, semi-annual or annual installments over
                 a period certain not to exceed the life expectancy of the
                 Participant (or Beneficiary in the case of a Participant who
                 dies prior to the time his benefits commenced) or the joint and
                 last survivor life expectancy of the Participant and his
                 Beneficiary so that the amount distributed in each Plan Year
                 equals the amount determined by dividing the Participant's
                 vested account balance on the last day of the immediately
                 preceding Plan Year by the period certain determined in
                 accordance with this paragraph (i) which shall be reduced by
                 one for each Plan Year after the Plan Year in which the
                 Participant's benefits commence.

          (ii)   Payment to the Participant or Beneficiary in a single sum
                 payment.

          (iii)  A paid-up, nontransferable annuity contract (selected by the
                 Plan Administrator) for the life of the Participant (or
                 Beneficiary in the case of a Participant who dies prior to the
                 time his benefits commenced) or the joint life of the
                 Participant and the Participant's Beneficiary that complies
                 with the requirements of the Plan.

          Payment of benefits generally shall be in cash. To the extent a
          Participant's vested Account is invested in qualifying employer
          securities (within the meaning of section 407(d)(5) of ERISA) or in a
          regulated investment company registered under the Investment Company
          Act of 1940 whose investment adviser is T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc.
          or any affiliate thereof or any successor thereto, the Participant may
          elect to have such benefits distributed in-kind.


                                       72



     (b)  Direct Rollover. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
          contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under
          this Article X, for all distributions made on or after January 1,
          1993, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
          prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an
          eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible retirement
          plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover. For purposes
          of this subsection, the following definitions shall apply:

          (i)    An "eligible rollover distribution" is any distribution of all
                 or a portion of the balance to the credit of the distributee,
                 except that an eligible rollover distribution does not include:
                 any distribution that is one of a series of substantially equal
                 periodic payments (not less frequently than annually) made for
                 the life (or life expectancy) of the distributee or the joint
                 lives (or joint life expectancies) of the distributee and the
                 distributee's designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period
                 of ten years or more; any distribution to the extent such
                 distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the Code;
                 any hardship distribution described in section
                 401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code received after December 31,
                 1998 (or, if elected by the Employer in the Optional
                 Supplement, December 31, 1999); and the portion of any
                 distribution that is not includible in gross income (determined
                 without regard to the exclusion for net unrealized appreciation
                 with respect to employer securities).

          (ii)   An "eligible retirement plan" is an individual retirement
                 account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an individual
                 retirement annuity described in section 408(b) of the Code, an
                 annuity plan described in section 403(a) of the Code, or a
                 qualified trust described in section 401(a) of the Code, that
                 accepts the distributee's eligible rollover distribution.
                 However, in the case of an eligible rollover distribution to
                 the surviving spouse, an eligible retirement plan is an
                 individual retirement account or individual retirement annuity.

          (iii)  A "distributee" includes an Employee or former Employee. In
                 addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving spouse
                 and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or former spouse
                 who is the alternate payee under a qualified domestic
                 retirement order, as described section 414(p) of the Code, are
                 distributees with regard to the interest of the spouse or
                 former spouse.

          (iv)   A "direct rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the eligible
                 retirement plan specified by the distributee.

10.8 Missing Participants and Beneficiaries. If the Plan Administrator is unable
     to locate a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to vested benefits
     hereunder after making reasonable efforts to do so, the Plan Administrator
     may direct the Trustee to forfeit such vested benefits or direct the
     Trustee to continue to hold such Participant's or Beneficiary's Account. If
     the vested benefits are forfeited and if the Participant or Beneficiary
     subsequently is found or makes a claim for the benefits, the vested
     benefits will be reinstated in accordance with the provisions of Section
     7.6.

10.9 Minimum Required Distributions. If the Participant's interest is to be
     distributed in other than a single sum before the required beginning date,
     the following minimum distribution rules, which shall be determined in
     accordance with proposed regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the Code,
     shall apply on or after the required beginning date notwithstanding any
     other provision of the Plan to the contrary:

     (a)  Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 10.9, the following
          definitions shall apply:

          (i)    Applicable Life Expectancy. The Life Expectancy (or joint and
                 last survivor expectancy) is calculated using the attained age
                 of the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary) as of the
                 Participant's (or Designated Beneficiary's) birthday in the
                 applicable calendar year reduced by one for each calendar year
                 which has elapsed since the date Life Expectancy was first
                 calculated. If Life Expectancy is being recalculated, the
                 Applicable Life Expectancy shall be the Life Expectancy as so
                 recalculated. The applicable calendar year shall be the first
                 Distribution Calendar Year, and if Life Expectancy is being
                 recalculated such succeeding calendar year(s). If annuity
                 payments commence in accordance with Section 10.9(c) before the
                 Required Beginning Date, the Applicable Calendar Year is the
                 year such payments commence. If distribution is in the form of
                 an immediate annuity purchased after the Participant's death
                 with the Participant's remaining interest, the Applicable
                 Calendar Year is the year of purchase.


                                       73



          (ii)   Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as the
                 Beneficiary under the Plan on the Required Beginning Date in
                 accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed
                 regulations thereunder.

          (iii)  Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a minimum
                 distribution is required. For distributions beginning before
                 the Participant's death, the first Distribution Calendar Year
                 is the calendar year immediately preceding the calendar year
                 which contains the Participant's Required Beginning Date. For
                 distributions beginning after the Participant's death, the
                 first Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which
                 distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section 10.6
                 above.

          (iv)   Life Expectancy. Life Expectancy and joint and last survivor
                 expectancy are computed by use of the expected return multiples
                 in Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of the Income Tax
                 Regulations. Unless otherwise elected by the Participant (or
                 spouse, in the case of distributions described in Section
                 10.6(b)(ii)) by the time distributions are required to begin,
                 Life Expectancies shall be recalculated annually. Such election
                 shall be irrevocable as to the Participant (or spouse) and
                 shall apply to all subsequent years. The Life Expectancy of a
                 non-spouse Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

          (v)    Participant's Benefit.

                 (A)  The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in the
                      calendar year immediately preceding the Distribution
                      Calendar Year (valuation calendar year) increased by the
                      amount of any contributions or forfeitures allocated to
                      the Account balance as of dates in the calendar year after
                      the Valuation Date and decreased by distributions made in
                      the valuation calendar year after the Valuation Date.

                 (B)  For purposes of subparagraph (A) above, if any portion of
                      the minimum distribution for the first Distribution
                      Calendar Year is made in the second Distribution Calendar
                      Year on or before the Required Beginning Date, the amount
                      of the minimum distribution made in the second
                      Distribution Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had
                      been made in the immediately preceding Distribution
                      Calendar Year.

          (vi)   Required Beginning Date.

                 (A)  General rule. The Required Beginning Date of a Participant
                      is the first day of April of the calendar year following
                      the later of the calendar year in which the Participant
                      attains age 70 1/2 or retires, except that benefit
                      distributions to a Five Percent Owner must commence by the
                      first day of April of the calendar year following the
                      calendar year in which the Five Percent Owner attains age
                      70 1/2.

                 (B)  Transitional rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

                      (1)  Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in 1996 may
                           elect by December 31, 1997, to defer distributions
                           until the calendar year following the calendar year
                           in which the Participant retires.

                      (2)  Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2 in years prior
                           to 1997 may elect to stop distributions and
                           recommence distributions by the April 1 of the
                           calendar year following the calendar year in which
                           the Participant retires. Unless the Employer elects
                           otherwise in the Adoption Agreement, there is a new
                           annuity starting date upon recommencement of
                           distributions.

                 (C)  Once distributions have begun to a Five Percent Owner
                      under this subsection, they must continue to be
                      distributed even if the Participant ceases to be a Five
                      Percent Owner in a subsequent year.

     (b)  Individual Account.

          (i)    If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over (1) a
                 period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
                 Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy of
                 the Participant and the Participant's Designated Beneficiary or
                 (2) a period not extending beyond the life


                                       74



                 expectancy of the Designated Beneficiary, the amount required
                 to be distributed for each calendar year, beginning with
                 distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year, must at
                 least equal the quotient obtained by dividing the Participant's
                 benefit by the Applicable Life Expectancy.

          (ii)   For calendar years beginning before January 1, 1989, if the
                 Participant's spouse is not the Designated Beneficiary, the
                 method of distribution selected must assure that at least 50%
                 of the present value of the amount available for distribution
                 is paid within the life expectancy of the Participant.

          (iii)  For calendar years beginning after December 31, 1988, the
                 amount to be distributed each year, beginning with
                 distributions for the first Distribution Calendar Year shall
                 not be less than the quotient obtained by dividing the
                 Participant's benefit by the lesser of (1) the Applicable Life
                 Expectancy or (2) if the Participant's spouse is not the
                 Designated Beneficiary, the applicable divisor determined from
                 the table set forth in Q&A-4 of section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the
                 proposed regulations. Distributions after the death of the
                 Participant shall be distributed using the Applicable Life
                 Expectancy as the relevant divisor without regard to proposed
                 regulations section 1.401(a)(9)-2.

          (iv)   The minimum distribution required for the Participant's first
                 Distribution Calendar Year must be made on or before the
                 Participant's Required Beginning Date. The minimum distribution
                 for other calendar years, including the minimum distribution
                 for the Distribution Calendar Year in which the Employee's
                 Required Beginning Date occurs, must be made on or before
                 December 31 of the Distribution Calendar Year.

     (c)  Other Forms. If the Participant's benefit is distributed in the form
          of an annuity purchased from an insurance company, distributions
          thereunder shall be made in accordance with the requirements of
          section 401(a)(9) of the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder.

          For purposes of this Section 10.9, any amount paid to a child of the
          Participant will be treated as if it had been paid to the surviving
          spouse if the amount becomes payable to the surviving spouse when the
          child reaches the age of majority.

          For the purposes of this Section 10.9, distribution of a Participant's
          interest is considered to begin on the Participant's Required
          Beginning Date (or, if the last sentence of Section 10.6(a)(ii) is
          applicable, the date distribution is required to begin to the
          surviving spouse pursuant to the first sentence of Section
          10.6(a)(ii). If distribution in the form of an annuity irrevocably
          commences to the Participant before the Required Beginning Date, the
          date distribution is considered to begin is the date distribution
          actually commences.

     (d)  Transitional Rule.

          (i)    Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section and
                 subject to the requirements of Article XI, distribution on
                 behalf of any Employee, including a Five-Percent Owner, may be
                 made in accordance with all of the following requirements
                 (regardless of when such distribution commences):

                 (A)  The distribution by the Plan is one which would not have
                      disqualified such Plan under section 401(a)(9) of the Code
                      as in effect prior to amendment by the Deficit Reduction
                      Act of 1984.

                 (B)  The distribution is in accordance with a method of
                      distribution designated by the Employee whose interest in
                      the Plan is being distributed or, if the Employee is
                      deceased, by a Beneficiary of such Employee.

                 (C)  Such designation was in writing, was signed by the
                      Employee or the Beneficiary, and was made before January
                      1, 1984.

                 (D)  The Employee had accrued a benefit under the Plan as of
                      December 31, 1983.


                                       75



                      (E)  The method of distribution designated by the Employee
                           or the Beneficiary specifies the time at which
                           distribution will commence, the period over which
                           distributions will be made, and in the case of any
                           distribution upon the Employee's death, the
                           Beneficiaries of the Employee listed in order
                           priority.

               (ii)   A distribution upon death will not be covered by this
                      transitional rule unless the information in the
                      designation contains the required information described
                      above with respect to the distributions to be made upon
                      the death of the Employee.

               (iii)  For any distribution which commences before January 1,
                      1984, but continues after December 31, 1983, the Employee
                      or the Beneficiary to whom such distribution is being
                      made, will be presumed to have designated the method of
                      distribution under which the distribution is being made if
                      the method of distribution was specified in writing and
                      the distribution satisfies the requirements in
                      subparagraphs (d)(i)(A) and (E).

               (iv)   If a designation is revoked, any subsequent distribution
                      must satisfy the requirements of section 401(a)(9) of the
                      Code and the proposed regulations thereunder. If a
                      designation is revoked subsequent to the date
                      distributions are required to begin, the Plan must
                      distribute, by the end of the calendar year following the
                      calendar year in which the revocation occurs, the total
                      amount not yet distributed which would have been required
                      to have been distributed to satisfy section 401(a)(9) of
                      the Code and the proposed regulations thereunder, but for
                      the Code section 242(b)(2) election. For calendar years
                      beginning after December 31, 1988, such distributions must
                      meet the minimum distribution incidental benefit
                      requirements in section 1.401(a)(9)-2 of the proposed
                      regulations. Any changes in the designation will be
                      considered to be a revocation of the designation. However,
                      the mere substitution or addition of another Beneficiary
                      (one not named in the designation) under the designation
                      will not be considered to be a revocation of the
                      designation, so long as such substitution or addition does
                      not alter the period over which distributions are to be
                      made under the designation, directly or indirectly (for
                      example, by altering the relevant measuring life). In the
                      case in which an amount is transferred or rolled over from
                      one plan to another plan, the rules in Q&A J-2 and Q&A J-3
                      of the proposed regulations shall apply.

ARTICLE XI - JOINT AND SURVIVOR ANNUITY REQUIREMENTS

          The provisions of this Article shall take precedence over any
          conflicting provisions of the Plan.

     11.1 Applicability.

          Except as provided with respect to certain profit sharing plans in
          Section 11.6 of this Article, the provisions of this Article shall
          apply to any Participant who is credited with at least one Hour of
          Service with the Employer on or after August 23, 1984, and such other
          Participants as provided in Section 11.7.

     11.2 Definitions.

     For the purposes of this Article XI, the following definitions shall apply:

          (a)  Annuity Starting Date. The first day of the first period for
               which an amount is paid as an annuity or any other form.

          (b)  Election Period. The period which begins on the first day of the
               Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35 and ends on the
               date of the Participant's death. If a Participant separates from
               service prior to the first day of the Plan Year in which age 35
               is attained, with respect to the account balance as of the date
               of separation, the election period shall begin on the date of
               separation.

               A Participant who has not yet attained age 35 as of the end of
               any Plan Year may make a special qualified election to waive the
               Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity for the period beginning
               on the date of such election and ending on the first day of the
               Plan Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Such election
               shall not be valid unless the Participant receives a written
               explanation of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity in
               such terms as are comparable to the explanation required under
               Section 11.5. Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity coverage
               will be automatically reinstated as of the first day of the Plan
               Year in which the Participant attains age 35. Any new waiver on
               or after such date shall be subject to the full requirements of
               this Article.


                                       76



     (c)  Earliest Retirement Age. The earliest date on which, under the Plan,
          the Participant could elect to receive retirement benefits.

     (d)  Qualified Election. A waiver of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
          or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Any waiver of a
          Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement
          Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless: (i) the Participant's
          Spouse consents in writing to the election; (ii) the election
          designates a specific Beneficiary, including any class of
          Beneficiaries or any contingent Beneficiaries, which may not be
          changed without spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits
          designations by the Participant without any further spousal consent);
          (iii) the Spouse's consent acknowledges the effect of the election;
          and (iv) the Spouse's consent is witnessed by a Plan representative or
          notary public. Additionally, a Participant's waiver of the Qualified
          Joint and Survivor Annuity shall not be effective unless the election
          designates a form of benefit payment which may not be changed without
          spousal consent (or the Spouse expressly permits designations by the
          Participant without any further spousal consent). If it is established
          to the satisfaction of a Plan representative that there is no Spouse
          or that the Spouse cannot be located, a waiver will be deemed a
          qualified election.

          Any consent by a Spouse obtained under this provision (or
          establishment that the consent of a Spouse may not be obtained) shall
          be effective only with respect to such Spouse. A consent that permits
          designations by the Participant without any requirement of further
          consent by such Spouse must acknowledge that the Spouse has the right
          to limit consent to a specific Beneficiary, and a specific form of
          benefit where applicable, and that the Spouse voluntarily elects to
          relinquish either or both of such rights. A revocation of a prior
          waiver may be made by a Participant without the consent of the Spouse
          at any time before the commencement of benefits. The number of
          revocations shall not be limited. No consent obtained under this
          provision shall be valid unless the Participant has received notice as
          provided in Section 11.5 below.

     (e)  Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. An immediate nontransferable
          annuity for the life of the Participant with a survivor annuity for
          the life of the Spouse which is 50% of the amount of the annuity which
          is payable during the joint lives of the Participant and the Spouse
          and which is the amount of benefit which can be purchased with the
          Participant's vested Account balance.

     (f)  Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. An immediate nontransferable
          annuity for the life of the Participant's surviving Spouse, in such
          amount as may be purchased with the Participant's vested Account
          balance.

     (g)  Spouse (surviving spouse). The spouse or surviving spouse of the
          Participant, provided that a former spouse will be treated as the
          spouse or surviving spouse (and a current spouse will not be treated
          as the spouse or surviving spouse to the extent provided) under a
          qualified domestic relations order as described in section 414(p) of
          the Code.

11.3 Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity. Unless an optional form of benefit is
     selected pursuant to a Qualified Election within the 90-day period ending
     on the Annuity Starting Date, a married Participant's vested Account
     balance will be paid in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
     and an unmarried Participant's vested Account balance will be paid in the
     form of a life annuity. The Participant may elect to have such annuity
     distributed upon attainment of the Earliest Retirement Age under the Plan.

11.4 Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity. Unless an optional form of
     benefit has been selected within the Election Period pursuant to a
     Qualified Election, if a Participant dies before his Annuity Starting Date,
     then the Participant's vested Account balance shall be applied toward the
     purchase of an annuity for the life of the surviving Spouse. The surviving
     Spouse may elect to have such annuity distributed immediately after the
     Participant's death.

11.5 Notice Requirements.

     (a)  In the case of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity as described in
          Section 11.2(e), the Plan Administrator shall, no less than 30 days
          and no more than 90 days prior to the Annuity Starting Date, provide
          each Participant a written explanation of: (i) the terms and
          conditions of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity; (ii) the
          Participant's right to make and the effect of an election to


                                       77



     waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity form of benefit; (iii) the
     rights of a Participant's Spouse; and (iv) the right to make, and the
     effect of, a revocation of a previous election to waive the Qualified Joint
     and Survivor Annuity. If a distribution is in a form other than a Qualified
     Joint and Survivor Annuity, such distribution may commence less than 30
     days after the notice required under this Section 11.5(a) is given,
     provided that:

     (i)    The Plan Administrator clearly informs the Participant that the
            Participant has a right to a period of at least 30 days after
            receiving the notice to consider the decision of whether or not to
            elect a distribution (and, if applicable, a particular distribution
            option);

     (ii)   The Participant has a right to revoke any affirmative distribution
            election at least until the Annuity Starting Date or, if later, at
            any time prior to the expiration of the 7-day period that begins the
            day after the notice is provided to the Participant; and

     (iii)  The Annuity Starting Date is a day after the date that the notice
            was provided to the Participant.

The Annuity Starting Date may be a date prior to the date the notice is provided
to the Participant if the distribution does not begin until at least 30 days
after such notice is provided, subject to the waiver of the 30-day period as
described in this Section 11.5(a).

(b)  In the case of a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity as described in
     Section 11.4, the Plan Administrator shall provide each Participant within
     the applicable notice period a written explanation of the Qualified
     Preretirement Survivor Annuity in such terms and in such manner as would be
     comparable to the explanation provided for meeting the requirements of
     Section 11.5(a) applicable to a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity.

     The applicable notice period means with respect to a Participant, whichever
     of the following periods ends last:

     (i)    the period beginning with the first day of the Plan Year in which
            the Participant attains age 32 and ending with the close of the Plan
            Year preceding the Plan Year in which the Participant attains age
            35,

     (ii)   a reasonable period ending after the individual becomes a
            Participant,

     (iii)  a reasonable period ending after notice is required because of the
            cessation of a benefit subsidy as described in subsection (c) below,

     (iv)   a reasonable period ending after this Article first applies to the
            Participant,

     (v)    a reasonable period after separation from service in the case of a
            Participant who separates before attaining age 35.

     For purposes of applying the preceding paragraph, a reasonable period
     ending after the enumerated events described in (ii), (iii) and (iv) is the
     end of the two-year period beginning one year prior to the date the
     applicable event occurs, and ending one year after that date. In the case
     of a Participant who separates from service before the Plan Year in which
     age 35 is attained, notice shall be provided within the two-year period
     beginning one year prior to separation and ending one year after
     separation. If such a Participant thereafter returns to employment with the
     Employer, the applicable period for such Participant shall be redetermined.

(c)  Notwithstanding the other requirements of this Section 11.5, the respective
     notices prescribed by this Section need not be given to a Participant if
     (i) the Plan "fully subsidizes" the costs of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
     Annuity or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and (ii) the Plan does
     not allow the Participant to waive the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity
     or Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity and does not allow a married
     Participant to designate a nonspouse Beneficiary. For purposes of this
     Section 11.5(c), a plan fully subsidizes the costs of a benefit if no
     increase in cost or decrease in benefits to the Participant may result from
     the Participant's failure to elect another benefit.

                                       78



     (d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant's vested benefits shall
          not be distributed in the form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor
          Annuity or a Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity but shall be
          distributed to him in a single sum payment as soon as is
          administratively feasible after the date on which his employment
          terminated or the date of his death, respectively, if the value of his
          vested Account derived from Employer and Employee contributions does
          not exceed (or at the time of any prior distribution (i) in Plan Years
          beginning before August 6, 1997, did not exceed $3,500, or (ii) made
          during the period beginning on the first day of the Plan Year
          beginning after August 5, 1997, and ending on March 21, 1999, did not
          exceed) $5,000.

11.6 Special Rule for Profit Sharing Plans.

     (a)  This Section shall apply to a Participant in a profit sharing plan,
          and to any distribution, made on or after the first day of the first
          Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1988, from or under a separate
          account attributable solely to accumulated deductible employee
          contributions, as defined in section 72(o)(5) of the Code, and
          maintained on behalf of a Participant in a money purchase pension plan
          (including a target benefit plan) if the following conditions are
          satisfied: (i) the Participant cannot or does not elect payments in
          the form of a life annuity, and (ii) on the death of the Participant,
          the Participant's vested Account will be paid to the Participant's
          surviving Spouse, but if there is no surviving Spouse, or, if the
          surviving Spouse has already consented in a manner conforming to a
          qualified election, then to the Participant's designated Beneficiary.
          The surviving Spouse may elect to have distribution of the vested
          Account commence within the 90-day period following the date of the
          Participant's death. The Account balance shall be adjusted for gains
          or losses occurring after the Participant's death in accordance with
          the provisions of the Plan governing the adjustment of Account
          balances for other types of distributions. However, this Section 11.6
          shall not be operative with respect to the Participant if it is
          determined that this profit sharing plan is a direct or indirect
          transferee of a defined benefit plan, money purchase pension plan
          (including a target benefit plan), stock bonus or profit sharing plan
          which is subject to the survivor annuity requirement of sections
          401(a)(11) and 417 of the Code. The preceding sentence shall apply
          only with respect to asset transfers completed after December 31,
          1984, and if the transferred assets and income thereon are accounted
          for separately, then such sentence shall apply only with respect to
          the transferred assets (and income thereon). If this Section is
          operative, then except to the extent otherwise provided in Section
          11.7, the other provisions of this Article shall be inoperative.

     (b)  The Participant may waive the spousal death benefit described in this
          Section at any time provided that no such waiver shall be effective
          unless it satisfies the conditions that would apply to the
          Participant's waiver of the Qualified Preretirement Survivor Annuity.

     (c)  For purposes of this Section 11.6, vested Account balances shall mean,
          in the case of a money purchase pension plan or a target benefit plan,
          the Participant's separate Account attributable solely to accumulated
          deductible employee contributions within the meaning of section
          72(o)(5)(B) of the Code. In the case of a profit sharing plan, vested
          Account balance shall have the same meaning as otherwise provided in
          this plan document.

11.7 Transitional Rules.

     (a)  Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who
          would otherwise not receive the benefits prescribed by the previous
          Sections of this Article must be given the opportunity to elect to
          have the prior Sections of this Article apply if such Participant is
          credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a
          predecessor plan in a Plan Year beginning on or after January 1, 1976,
          and such Participant had at least 10 Years of Vesting Service when he
          or she separated from service.

     (b)  Any living Participant not receiving benefits on August 23, 1984, who
          was credited with at least one Hour of Service under this Plan or a
          predecessor plan on or after September 2, 1974, and who is not
          otherwise credited with any service in a Plan Year beginning on or
          after January 1, 1976, must be given the opportunity to have his or
          her benefits paid in accordance with Section 11.7(d) of this Article.

     (c)  The respective opportunities to elect (as described in subsections
          11.7(a) and (b) above) must be afforded to the appropriate
          Participants during the period commencing on August 23, 1984, and
          ending on the date benefits would otherwise commence to said
          Participants.


                                       79



          (d)  Any Participant who has elected pursuant to subsection 11.7(b) of
               this Article and any Participant who does not elect under
               subsection 11.7(a) or who meets the requirements of subsection
               11.7(a) except that such Participant does not have at least 10
               Years of Vesting Service when he or she separates from service,
               shall have his or her benefits distributed in accordance with all
               of the following requirements if benefits would have been payable
               in the form of a life annuity.

               (i)    Automatic joint and survivor annuity. If benefits in the
                      form of a life annuity become payable to a married
                      Participant who:

                      (1)  begins to receive payments under the Plan on or after
                           Normal Retirement Age; or

                      (2)  dies on or after Normal Retirement Age while still
                           working for the Employer; or

                      (3)  begins to receive payments on or after the qualified
                           early retirement age; or

                      (4)  separates from service on or after attaining Normal
                           Retirement Age (or the qualified early retirement
                           age) and after satisfying the eligibility
                           requirements for the payment of benefits under the
                           Plan and thereafter dies before beginning to receive
                           such benefits;

                      then such benefits will be received under this Plan in the
                      form of a Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity, unless the
                      Participant has elected otherwise during the election
                      period. The election period must begin at least 6 months
                      before the Participant attains qualified early retirement
                      age and end not more than 90 days before the commencement
                      of benefits. Any election hereunder will be in writing and
                      may be changed by the Participant at any time.

               (ii)   Election of early survivor annuity. A Participant who is
                      employed after attaining the qualified early retirement
                      age will be given the opportunity to elect, during the
                      election period, to have a survivor annuity payable on
                      death. If the Participant elects the survivor annuity,
                      payments under such annuity must not be less than the
                      payments which would have been made to the spouse under
                      the Qualified Joint and Survivor Annuity if the
                      Participant had retired on the day before his or her
                      death. Any election under this provision will be in
                      writing and may be changed by the Participant at any time.
                      The election period begins on the later of (1) the 90th
                      day before the Participant attains the qualified early
                      retirement age, or (2) the date on which Participation
                      begins, and ends on the date the Participant terminates
                      employment.

               (iii)  Definitions. For purposes of this Section 11.7(d),
                      qualified early retirement age is the latest of:

                      (1)  the earliest date, under the Plan, on which the
                           Participant may elect to receive retirement benefits,

                      (2)  the first day of the 120th month beginning before the
                           Participant reaches Normal Retirement Age, or

                      (3)  the date the Participant begins participation in the
                           Plan.

ARTICLE XII - TOP HEAVY PROVISIONS

     12.1 Applicability. Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan or
          Adoption Agreement to the contrary, if for any Plan Year the Plan
          becomes a Top Heavy Plan, the requirements of this Article XII of the
          Plan shall be applied for such Plan Year.

     12.2 Definitions. The following terms shall have the following meanings in
          the determination of whether the Plan is a Top Heavy Plan:

          (a)  Determination Date. For the first Plan Year of the Plan, the last
               day of that Plan Year. For any Plan Year subsequent to the first
               Plan Year, the last day of the preceding Plan Year.

          (b)  Employer. The Employer which adopted this Plan and any other
               Employer some or all of whose Employees participate in this Plan
               or in a retirement plan which is aggregated with this Plan as
               part of a Permissive or Required Aggregation Group.

          (c)  Key Employee. Any Employee or former Employee (and the
               Beneficiaries of such Employee) who, at any time during the
               determination period, was an officer of the Employer if such
               individual's annual compensation exceeds 50% of the dollar
               limitation under section 415(b)(1)(A) of the Code,


                                       80



     an owner (or considered an owner under section 318 of the Code) of one of
     the ten largest interests in the Employer if such individual's compensation
     exceeds 100% of the dollar limitation under section 415(c)(1)(A) of the
     Code, a 5-percent owner of the Employer, or a 1-percent owner of the
     Employer who has annual compensation of more than $150,000. Annual
     compensation means Annual Additions Compensation as defined in Section
     6.1(a). The determination period is the Plan Year containing the
     Determination Date and the four preceding Plan Years.

     The determination of who is a Key Employee will be made in accordance with
     section 416(i)(1) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

(d)  Non-Key Employee. Any Employee or former Employee (or any Beneficiary of
     such Employee) who is not considered to be a Key Employee.

(e)  Permissive Aggregation Group. The Required Aggregation Group of plans plus
     any other plan or plans of the Employer which, when considered as a group
     with the Required Aggregation Group, would continue to satisfy the
     requirements of sections 401(a)(4) and 410 of the Code.

(f)  Present Value. Present value shall be based on the interest and mortality
     rates specified in plan document.

(g)  Required Aggregation Group. (i) Each qualified plan of the Employer in
     which at least one Key Employee participates or participated at any time
     during the determination period (regardless of whether the plan has
     terminated), and (ii) any other qualified plan of the Employer which
     enables a plan described in (i) to meet the requirements of section
     401(a)(4) or 410 of the Code.

(h)  Top Heavy Plan. For any Plan Year beginning after December 31, 1983, this
     Plan is Top Heavy if any of the following conditions exist:

     (i)    If the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan exceeds 60% and this Plan is
            not part of any Required Aggregation Group or Permissive Aggregation
            Group of plans.

     (ii)   If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group of plans but
            not part of a Permissive Aggregation Group and the Top Heavy Ratio
            for the group of plans exceeds 60%.

     (iii)  If this Plan is a part of a Required Aggregation Group and part of a
            Permissive Aggregation Group of plans and the Top Heavy Ratio for
            the Permissive Aggregation Group exceeds 60%.

(i)  Top Heavy Ratio.

     (i)    If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans
            (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
            has not maintained any defined benefit plan which during the 5-year
            period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or has had accrued
            benefits, the Top Heavy Ratio for this Plan alone or for the
            Required or Permissible Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a
            fraction, the numerator of which is the sum of the account balances
            of all Key Employees as of the Determination Date(s) (including any
            part of any account balance distributed in the 5-year period ending
            on the Determination Date(s)), and the denominator of which is the
            sum of all account balances (including any part of any account
            balance distributed in the 5-year period ending on the Determination
            Date(s)), both computed in accordance with section 416 of the Code
            and the regulations thereunder. Both the numerator and denominator
            of the Top Heavy Ratio are increased to reflect any contribution not
            actually made as of the Determination Date, but which is required to
            be taken into account on that date under section 416 of the Code and
            the regulations thereunder.

     (ii)   If the Employer maintains one or more defined contribution plans
            (including any simplified employee pension plan) and the Employer
            maintains or has maintained one or more defined benefit plans which
            during the 5-year period ending on the Determination Date(s) has or
            has had any accrued benefits, the Top Heavy Ratio for any Required
            or Permissive Aggregation Group, as appropriate, is a fraction, the
            numerator of which is the sum of account balances under the
            aggregated defined contribution plan or plans for all Key Employees,
            determined in accordance with paragraph (i)(i) above, and the
            Present Value of accrued benefits under the aggregated defined
            benefit plan or plans for all Key Employees as of the Determination
            Date(s), and the denominator of which is the sum of the account
            balances under the aggregated defined


                                       81



                          contribution plan or plans for all Participants,
                          determined in accordance with paragraph (i)(i) above,
                          and the Present Value of accrued benefits under the
                          defined benefit plan or plans for all Participants as
                          of the Determination Date(s), all determined in
                          accordance with section 416 of the Code and the
                          regulations thereunder. The accrued benefits under a
                          defined benefit plan in both the numerator and
                          denominator of the Top Heavy Ratio are increased for
                          any distribution of an accrued benefit made in the
                          five-year period ending on the Determination Date.

                   (iii)  For purposes of paragraphs (i)(i) and (i)(ii) above,
                          the value of account balances and the present value of
                          accrued benefits will be determined as of the most
                          recent Valuation Date that falls within or ends with
                          the 12-month period ending on the Determination Date,
                          except as provided in section 416 of the Code and the
                          regulations thereunder for the first and second plan
                          years of a defined benefit plan. The account balances
                          and accrued benefits of a Participant (A) who is not a
                          Key Employee but who was a Key Employee in a prior
                          year, or (B) who has not been credited with at least
                          one Hour of Service with any Employer maintaining the
                          Plan at any time during the 5-year period ending on
                          the Determination Date will be disregarded. The
                          calculation of the Top Heavy Ratio, and the extent to
                          which distributions, rollovers, nonde-ductible
                          employee contributions and transfers are taken into
                          account will be made in accordance with section 416(g)
                          of the Code and the regulations thereunder. When
                          aggregating plans, the value of account balances and
                          accrued benefits will be calculated with reference to
                          the Determination Dates that fall within the same
                          calendar year.

                   The accrued benefit of a Participant other than a Key
                   Employee shall be determined under (A) the method, if any,
                   that uniformly applies for accrual purposes under all defined
                   benefit plans maintained by the Employer, or (B) if there is
                   no such method, as if such benefit accrued not more rapidly
                   than the slowest accrual rate permitted under the fractional
                   rule of section 411(b)(1)(C) of the Code.

         12.3 Minimum Allocation.

              (a)  Except as otherwise provided in subsections (c) and (d)
                   below, the Employer contributions and forfeitures allocated
                   on behalf of any Participant who is not a Key Employee shall
                   not be less than the lesser of three percent of such
                   Participant's Annual Additions Compensation or, in the case
                   where the Employer has no defined benefit plan which
                   designates this Plan to satisfy section 401 of the Code, the
                   largest percentage of Employer contributions and forfeitures,
                   as a percentage of the Key Employee's Annual Additions
                   Compensation, as limited by section 401(a)(17) of the Code,
                   allocated on behalf of any Key Employee for that year. The
                   minimum allocation is determined without regard to any Social
                   Security contribution. This minimum allocation shall be made
                   even though, under other plan provisions, the Participant
                   would not otherwise be entitled to receive an allocation, or
                   would have received a lesser allocation for the year because
                   of (i) the Participant's failure to complete 1,000 Hours of
                   Service (or any equivalent provided in the Plan), (ii) the
                   Participant's failure to make mandatory Employee
                   contributions to the Plan, or (iii) compensation less than a
                   stated amount. Neither Elective Deferrals, Matching
                   Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions nor ACP
                   Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions may be taken
                   into account for the purpose of satisfying the minimum
                   Top-Heavy contribution requirements.

              (b)  For purposes of computing the minimum allocation, Annual
                   Additions Compensation will mean Annual Additions
                   Compensation as defined in Section 6.1(a) of the Plan, as
                   limited by section 401(a)(17) of the Code.

              (c)  The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant
                   who was not employed by the Employer on the last day of the
                   Plan Year.

              (d)  The provision in (a) above shall not apply to any Participant
                   to the extent the Participant is covered under any other plan
                   or plans of the Employer and the Employer has provided in the
                   Adoption Agreement that the minimum allocation or benefit
                   requirement applicable to Top-Heavy plans will be met in the
                   other plan or plans.

              (e)  The minimum allocation or benefit requirement applicable to
                   Top-Heavy plans (to the extent required to be nonforfeitable
                   under section 416(b) of the Code) may not be forfeited under
                   section 411(a)(3)(B) or 411(a)(3)(D) of the Code.


                                       82



              (f)  If Employees are covered under both a Top-Heavy defined
                   benefit plan and defined contribution plan of the Employer,
                   the denominators of the defined benefit and defined
                   contribution fractions (as described in Section 6.1 of the
                   Plan) shall be computed by substituting a factor of 1.0 for
                   1.25. However, if the Top-Heavy Ratio does not exceed 90%,
                   the Employer may use a factor of 1.25 in the fractions
                   provided one of the following is used to satisfy the minimum
                   contribution requirements:

                   (i)    a minimum benefit of 3% per year of service (up to
                          30%) is provided in the defined benefit plan;

                   (ii)   a minimum contribution of 7 1/2% is provided in the
                          defined contribution plan; or

                   (iii)  a minimum contribution of 4% is provided in the
                          defined contribution plan and a minimum benefit of 3%
                          per year of service (up to 30%) is provided in the
                          defined benefit plan.

         12.4 Vesting. For any Plan Year in which this Plan is Top-Heavy, one of
              the minimum vesting schedules as elected by the Employer in the
              Adoption Agreement will automatically apply to the Plan. The
              minimum vesting schedule applies to all benefits within the
              meaning of section 411(a)(7) of the Code except those attributable
              to Employee contributions, including benefits accrued before the
              effective date of section 416 of the Code and benefits accrued
              before the Plan became Top-Heavy. Further, no decrease in a
              Participant's nonforfeitable percentage may occur in the event the
              Plan's status as Top-Heavy changes for any Plan Year. However,
              this Section does not apply to the account balances of any
              Employee who does not have an Hour of Service after the Plan has
              initially become Top-Heavy, and such Employee's account balance
              attributable to Employer contributions and forfeitures will be
              determined without regard to this Section.

ARTICLE XIII - ADMINISTRATION OF PLAN

         13.1 Duties and Responsibility of Fiduciaries; Allocation of Fiduciary
              Responsibility. A fiduciary to the Plan shall have only those
              specific powers, duties, responsibilities and obligations as are
              explicitly given him under the Plan and Trust Agreement. In
              general, the Employer shall have the sole responsibility for
              making contributions to the Plan required under Article III of the
              Plan, appointing the Trustee and the Plan Administrator, and
              determining the Investment Options available for investment under
              the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have the sole
              responsibility for the administration of the Plan, as more fully
              described in Section 13.2. It is intended that each fiduciary
              shall not be responsible for any act or failure to act of another
              fiduciary. A fiduciary may serve in more than one fiduciary
              capacity with respect to the Plan. When T. Rowe Price Trust
              Company acts as Trustee of a plan, it acts solely as a directed
              trustee.

         13.2 Powers and Responsibilities of the Plan Administrator.

              (a)  Administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall have
                   all powers necessary to administer the Plan and total
                   discretion in interpreting and applying the provisions of the
                   Plan, including, but not limited to, the power to construe
                   and interpret the Plan documents; to decide all questions
                   relating to an individual's eligibility to participate in the
                   Plan; to determine the amount, manner and timing of any
                   distribution of benefits or any withdrawal under the Plan; to
                   approve and ensure the repayment of any loan to a Participant
                   under the Plan; to resolve any claim for benefits; and to
                   appoint or employ advisors, including legal counsel, to
                   render advice with respect to any of the Plan Administrator's
                   responsibilities under the Plan. Any construction,
                   interpretation or application of the Plan by the Plan
                   Administrator shall be final, conclusive and binding. All
                   actions by the Plan Administrator shall be taken pursuant to
                   uniform standards applied to all persons similarly situated.
                   The Plan Administrator shall have no power to add to,
                   subtract from or modify any of the terms of the Plan, or to
                   change or add to any benefits provided by the Plan, or to
                   waive or fail to apply any requirements of eligibility for a
                   benefit under the Plan.

              (b)  Furnishing Trustee with Instructions. The Plan Administrator
                   shall be responsible for furnishing the Trustee with written
                   instructions regarding all contributions to the Trust, all
                   distributions to Participants and all loans to Participants.
                   In addition, the Plan Administrator shall be responsible for
                   furnishing the Trustee with any further information
                   respecting the Plan which the Trustee may request for the
                   performance of its duties or for the purpose of making any
                   returns to the Internal Revenue Service or Department of
                   Labor as may be required of the Trustee.


                                       83



              (c)  Application and Forms for Benefits. The Plan Administrator
                   may require a Participant or Beneficiary to complete and file
                   with it an application for a benefit and to furnish all
                   pertinent information requested by it. The Plan Administrator
                   may rely upon all such information so furnished to it,
                   including the Participant's or Beneficiary's current mailing
                   address.

         13.3 Allocation of Duties and Responsibilities. The Plan Administrator
              may by written instrument allocate among its members or Employees
              any of its duties and responsibilities not already allocated under
              the Plan or may designate persons other than members or Employees
              to carry out any of the Plan Administrator's duties and
              responsibilities under the Plan. Any such duties or
              responsibilities thus allocated must be described in the written
              instrument. Such person must acknowledge in writing his acceptance
              of the duties and responsibilities allocated to him.

         13.4 Appointment of the Plan Administrator. The Employer shall
              designate in the Adoption Agreement the Plan Administrator which
              shall administer the Employer's Plan. Such Plan Administrator may
              consist of an individual, a committee of two or more individuals,
              whether or not, in either such case, the individual or any of such
              individuals are Employees of the Employer, a consulting firm or
              other independent agent, the Trustee (with its written consent) or
              the Employer itself. Except as the Employer shall otherwise
              expressly determine, the Plan Administrator shall be charged with
              the full power and the responsibility for administering the Plan
              in all its details. If no Plan Administrator has been appointed by
              the Employer, or if the person designated as Plan Administrator by
              the Employer is not serving as such for any reason, the Employer
              shall be deemed to be the Plan Administrator of the Plan. The Plan
              Administrator may be removed by the Employer, or may resign by
              giving notice in writing to the Employer, and in the event of the
              removal, resignation or death, or other termination of service by
              the Plan Administrator, the Employer shall, as soon as
              practicable, appoint a successor Plan Administrator, such
              successor thereafter to have all of the rights, privileges, duties
              and obligations of the predecessor Plan Administrator.

         13.5 Expenses. All expenses of the Plan and Trust (including Trustee's
              fees) shall, unless paid by the Employer, be paid from the Trust.

         13.6 Liabilities. The Plan Administrator and each person to whom duties
              and responsibilities have been allocated pursuant to this Plan
              document may be indemnified and held harmless by the Employer with
              respect to any alleged breach of responsibilities performed or to
              be performed hereunder. The Employer and each Affiliated Employer
              shall indemnify and hold harmless the Sponsor against all claims,
              liabilities, fines and penalties and all expenses reasonably
              incurred by or imposed upon it (including, but not limited to,
              reasonable attorneys' fees) which arise as a result of actions or
              failure to act in connection with the operation and administration
              of the Plan.

         13.7 Claims Procedure.

              (a)  Filing a Claim. Any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan
                   may file a written claim for a Plan benefit with the Plan
                   Administrator or with a person named by the Plan
                   Administrator to receive claims under the Plan. The Plan
                   Administrator shall have sole and total discretion in
                   resolving claims.

              (b)  Notice of Denial of Claim. In the event of a denial or
                   limitation of any benefit or payment due to or requested by
                   any Participant or Beneficiary under the Plan ("claimant"),
                   claimant shall be given a written notification containing
                   specific reasons for the denial or limitation of his benefit.
                   The written notification shall contain specific reference to
                   the pertinent Plan provisions on which the denial or
                   limitation of his benefit is based. In addition, it shall
                   contain a description of any other material or information
                   necessary for the claimant to perfect a claim and an
                   explanation of why such material or information is necessary.
                   The notification shall further provide appropriate
                   information as to the steps to be taken if the claimant
                   wishes to submit his claim for review. This written
                   notification shall be given to a claimant within 90 days
                   after receipt of his claim by the Plan Administrator unless
                   special circumstances require an extension of time for
                   processing the claim. If such an extension of time for
                   processing is required, written notice of the extension shall
                   be furnished to the claimant prior to the termination of said
                   90-day period, and such notice shall indicate the special
                   circumstances which make the postponement appropriate.


                                       84



              (c)  Right of Review. In the event of a denial or limitation of
                   his benefit, the claimant or his duly authorized
                   representative shall be permitted to review pertinent
                   documents and to submit to the Plan Administrator issues and
                   comments in writing. In addition, the claimant or his duly
                   authorized representative may make a written request for a
                   full and fair review of his claim and its denial by the Plan
                   Administrator; provided, however, that such written request
                   must be received by the Plan Administrator (or its delegate
                   to receive such requests) within 60 days after receipt by the
                   claimant of written notification of the denial or limitation
                   of the claim, or within 60 days after the claimant knew (or
                   should have known) of any other determination by the Plan
                   Administrator. The 60-day requirement may be waived by the
                   Plan Administrator in appropriate cases.

              (d)  Decision on Review. A decision shall be rendered by the Plan
                   Administrator within 60 days after the receipt of the request
                   for review, provided that where special circumstances require
                   an extension of time for processing the decision, it may be
                   postponed on written notice to the claimant (prior to the
                   expiration of the initial 60-day period) for an additional 60
                   days after the receipt of such request for review. Any
                   decision by the Plan Administrator shall be furnished to the
                   claimant in writing and shall set forth the specific reasons
                   for the decision and the specific Plan provisions on which
                   the decision is based.

              (e)  Court Action. No Participant or Beneficiary shall have the
                   right to seek judicial review of a denial of benefit, or to
                   bring any action in any court to enforce a claim for benefits
                   prior to filing a claim for benefits or exhausting his rights
                   to review under this Section 13.7.

ARTICLE XIV - AMENDMENT, TERMINATION AND MERGER

         14.1 Amendments.

              (a)  The Employer expressly recognizes the authority of the
                   Sponsor to amend this prototype plan and trust from time to
                   time, except with respect to elections of the Employer in the
                   Adoption Agreement and the Optional Supplement, and the
                   Employer shall be deemed to have consented to any such
                   amendment. The Employer shall receive a written instrument
                   indicating the amendment of the prototype plan and trust, and
                   such amendment shall become effective as of the effective
                   date of such instrument. No such amendment shall in any way
                   impair, reduce or affect any Participant's vested and
                   nonforfeitable rights in the Trust.

              (b)  The Employer may (i) change the choice of options in the
                   Adoption Agreement, (ii) add overriding language in the
                   Adoption Agreement when such language is necessary to (A)
                   satisfy section 415 or 416 of the Code because of the
                   required aggregation of multiple plans, or (B) preserve
                   benefits protected under section 411(d)(6) of the Code, and
                   (iii) add certain model amendments published by the Internal
                   Revenue Service which specifically provide that their
                   adoption will not cause the Plan to be treated as
                   individually designed. If the Plan is amended by the Employer
                   for any other reason, including a waiver of the minimum
                   funding requirement under section 412(d) of the Code, or if
                   the Plan fails to attain or retain qualification, the Plan
                   will no longer participate in this master or prototype plan
                   and will be considered an individually designed plan.

              (c)  No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to the extent
                   that it has the effect of decreasing a Participant's accrued
                   benefit. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, a
                   Participant's Account may be reduced to the extent permitted
                   under section 412(c)(8) of the Code. For purposes of this
                   subsection, a Plan amendment which has the effect of
                   decreasing a Participant's Account with respect to benefits
                   attributable to service before the amendment shall be treated
                   as reducing an accrued benefit. Furthermore, if the vesting
                   schedule of the Plan is amended, in the case of an Employee
                   who is a Participant as of the later of the date such
                   amendment is adopted or the date it becomes effective, the
                   nonforfeitable percentage (determined as of such date) of
                   such Employee's right to his Account will not be less than
                   his percentage computed under the Plan without regard to such
                   amendment. No amendment to the Plan shall be effective to
                   eliminate or restrict an optional form of benefit. The
                   preceding sentence shall not apply to a Plan amendment that
                   eliminates or restricts the ability of a Participant to
                   receive payment of his or her Account balance under a
                   particular optional form of benefit if the amendment
                   satisfies the conditions in (i) and (ii) below:


                                       85



                   (i)    The amendment provides a single-sum distribution form
                          that is otherwise identical to the optional form of
                          benefit eliminated or restricted. For purposes of this
                          condition (i), a single-sum distribution form is
                          otherwise identical only if it is identical in all
                          respects to the eliminated or restricted optional form
                          of benefit (or would be identical except that it
                          provides greater rights to the Participant) except
                          with respect to the timing of payments after
                          commencement.

                   (ii)   The amendment is not effective unless the amendment
                          provides that the amendment shall not apply to any
                          distribution with an annuity starting date earlier
                          than the earlier of: (A) the 90th day after the date
                          the Participant receiving the distribution has been
                          furnished a summary that reflects the amendment and
                          that satisfies the ERISA requirements at 29 CFR
                          2520.104b-3 relating to a summary of material
                          modifications or (B) the first day of the second Plan
                          Year following the Plan Year in which the amendment is
                          adopted.

                   In addition, the Employer may amend the Plan to eliminate or
                   restrict optional forms of benefit for in-kind distributions
                   and/or elective transfers in accordance with section
                   411(d)(6) of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

         14.2 Plan Termination; Discontinuance of Employer Contributions.

              (a)  The Employer may terminate the Plan at any time in whole or
                   in part. In the event of the dissolution, merger,
                   consolidation or reorganization of the Employer, the Plan
                   shall automatically terminate and the Trust shall be
                   liquidated as provided in subsection (b) below unless the
                   Plan is continued by a successor Employer in accordance with
                   Section 14.3.

              (b)  Upon the complete or partial termination of the Plan or the
                   complete discontinuance of Employer contributions under the
                   Plan, the Account balances of all Participants affected
                   thereby shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable, and,
                   after taking all steps necessary to ensure qualification of
                   the Plan upon termination, the Plan Administrator shall
                   direct the Trustee to distribute assets remaining in the
                   Trust, after payment of any expenses properly chargeable
                   thereto, to Participants or their Beneficiaries.

         14.3 Successor Employer. In the event of the dissolution, merger,
              consolidation or reorganization of the Employer, provision may be
              made by which the Plan and Trust shall be continued by the
              successor employer, in which case such successor employer shall be
              substituted for the Employer under the Plan. The substitution of
              the successor employer shall constitute an assumption of Plan
              liabilities by the successor employer, and the successor employer
              shall have all powers, duties and responsibilities of the Employer
              under the Plan.

         14.4 Merger, Consolidation or Transfer. In the event of a merger or
              consolidation of the Plan with, or transfer of assets or
              liabilities of the Plan to, any other plan, the transaction shall
              be structured so that each Participant would (if the Plan then
              terminated) receive a benefit immediately after the merger,
              consolidation or transfer which is equal to or greater than the
              benefit the Participant would have been entitled to receive
              immediately before the merger, consolidation or transfer (if this
              Plan had then terminated).

ARTICLE XV - MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

         15.1 Exclusive Benefit of Participants and Beneficiaries.

              (a)  All assets of the Trust shall be retained for the exclusive
                   benefit of Participants and their Beneficiaries and shall be
                   used only to pay benefits to such persons or to pay
                   reasonable fees and expenses of the Trust and of the
                   administration of the Plan. The assets of the Trust shall not
                   revert to the benefit of the Employer, except as otherwise
                   specifically provided in subsection (b).

              (b)  Contributions to the Trust under this Plan are subject to the
                   following conditions:

                   (i)    If a contribution or any part thereof is made to the
                          Trust by the Employer under a mistake of fact, such
                          contribution or part thereof shall be returned to the
                          Employer within one year after the date the
                          contribution is made;

                   (ii)   In the event that the Commissioner of Internal Revenue
                          determines that the Plan is not initially qualified
                          under the Code, any contribution made incident to that
                          initial qualification by the Employer must be returned
                          to the Employer within one year after the date the
                          initial


                                       86



                          qualification is denied, but only if the application
                          for the qualification is made by the time prescribed
                          by law for filing the Employer's return for the
                          taxable year in which the Plan is adopted, or such
                          later date as the Secretary of the Treasury may
                          prescribe; and

                   (iii)  Contributions to the Trust are specifically
                          conditioned on their deductibility under the Code and,
                          to the extent a deduction is disallowed for any such
                          contribution, such amount (to the extent so
                          disallowed) shall be returned to the Employer within
                          one year after the date of the disallowance of the
                          deduction.

         15.2 Nonguarantee of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan shall
              be construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and
              any Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be continued in the
              employment of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the
              Employer to discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

         15.3 Rights to Trust Assets. No Employee, Participant or Beneficiary
              shall have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the trust
              upon termination of employment or otherwise, except as provided
              under the Plan. All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be
              made solely out of the assets of the Trust.

         15.4 Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as provided under Article VIII
              of the Plan with respect to Plan loans, benefits payable under the
              Plan shall not be subject in any manner to anticipation,
              alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance,
              charge, garnishment, execution or levy of any kind, voluntary or
              involuntary; provided, however, that the Plan Administrator shall
              not be precluded from complying with a qualified domestic
              relations order described in section 414(p) of the Code, or any
              domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985. Any
              attempt to anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge,
              encumber, charge or otherwise dispose of any right to benefits
              payable hereunder shall be void. The Trust shall not in any manner
              be liable for, or subject to, the debts, contracts, liabilities,
              engagements or torts of any person entitled to benefits hereunder.

         15.5 Gender. The use of the masculine pronoun shall extend to and
              include the feminine gender, and the use of the feminine pronoun
              shall extend to and include the masculine gender, wherever
              appropriate; the use of the singular shall include the plural, and
              the use of the plural shall include the singular, wherever
              appropriate.

         15.6 Titles and Headings. The titles or headings of the respective
              Articles and Sections are inserted merely for convenience and
              shall be given no legal effect.

         15.7 Failure of Employer's Plan to Qualify. If the Employer's Plan
              fails to attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer
              participate in this prototype plan and will be considered an
              individually designed plan.

         15.8 Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations. If any of the
              provisions of this Plan or of the Trust Agreement are at any time
              in any way inconsistent with any laws of the United States of
              America or the laws of any state if not preempted by ERISA, or any
              regulations of the Internal Revenue Service, U.S. Department of
              Labor, or any other Federal or state regulatory authority, in a
              manner that adversely affects the qualified status of the Plan
              under section 401(a) of the Code or the tax-exempt status of the
              Trust under section 501(a) of the Code, or may result in any civil
              penalties under ERISA or any other law, then the Employer, the
              Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall comply with the
              requirements of such laws or regulations, rather than with the
              provisions of the Plan and Trust which are inconsistent therewith.
              The Employer, the Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall incur
              no liability for following such laws, rules or regulations.

         15.9 Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
              contrary, contributions, benefits and service credit with respect
              to qualified military service will be provided in accordance with
              section 414(u) of the Code.


                                       87



EGTRRA AMENDMENT TO THE
T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
PROTOTYPE 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN

PREAMBLE

         1.   Adoption and effective date of amendment. This amendment of the T.
              Rowe Price Trust Company Prototype 401(k) Retirement Plan basic
              plan document #03 ("plan") is adopted to reflect certain
              provisions of the Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation
              Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA"). This amendment is intended as good faith
              compliance with the requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed
              in accordance with EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except
              as otherwise provided, this amendment shall be effective as of the
              first day of the first plan year beginning after December 31,
              2001, but shall not apply to taxable, plan or limitation years
              beginning after December 31, 2010.

         2.   Supersession of inconsistent provisions. This amendment shall
              supersede the provisions of the plan to the extent those
              provisions are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

ARTICLE I - PLAN LOANS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDER EMPLOYEES

         Effective for plan loans made after December 31, 2001, plan provisions
         prohibiting loans to any owner-employee or shareholder-employee shall
         cease to apply.

ARTICLE II - LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

         2.1. Effective date. This article shall be effective for limitation
              years beginning after December 31, 2001.

         2.2. Maximum annual addition. Except to the extent permitted under
              article IX of this amendment and section 414(v) of the Code, if
              applicable, the annual addition that may be contributed or
              allocated to a participant's account under the plan for any
              limitation year shall not exceed the lesser of:

              (a)  $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living
                   under section 415(d) of the Code, or

              (b)  100 percent of the participant's compensation, within the
                   meaning of section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the limitation
                   year.

              The compensation limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any
              contribution for medical benefits after separation from service
              (within the meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the
              Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.

ARTICLE III - INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT

         The annual compensation of each participant taken into account in
         determining allocations for any plan year beginning after December 31,
         2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living
         increases in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual
         compensation means compensation during the plan year or such other
         consecutive 12-month period over which compensation is otherwise
         determined under the plan (the determination period). The
         cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a calendar year applies to
         annual compensation for the determination period that begins with or
         within such calendar year.

ARTICLE IV - MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES

         4.1. Effective date. This article shall apply for purposes of
              determining whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under section
              416(g) of the Code for plan years beginning after December 31,
              2001, and whether the plan satisfies the minimum benefits
              requirements of section 416(c) of the Code for such years. This
              section amends Article XII of the plan.

         4.2. Determination of top-heavy status.

              (a)  Key employee. Key employee means any employee or former
                   employee (including any deceased employee) who at any time
                   during the plan year that includes the determination date was
                   an officer of the employer having annual compensation greater
                   than $130,000 (as adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the
                   Code for plan years beginning after December 31, 2002), a
                   5-percent owner of the employer or a 1-percent owner of the
                   employer having annual compensation of more than $150,000.
                   For this purpose, annual compensation means compensation
                   within the meaning of section 415(c)(3)


                                       88



                   of the Code. The determination of who is a key employee will
                   be made in accordance with section 416(i)(1) of the Code and
                   the applicable regulations and other guidance of general
                   applicability issued thereunder.

              (b)  Determination of present values and amounts. This section
                   4.2(b) shall apply for purposes of determining the present
                   values of accrued benefits and the amounts of account
                   balances of employees as of the determination date.

                   (i)    Distributions during year ending on the determination
                          date. The present values of accrued benefits and the
                          amounts of account balances of an employee as of the
                          determination date shall be increased by the
                          distributions made with respect to the employee under
                          the plan and any plan aggregated with the plan under
                          section 416(g)(2) of the Code during the 1-year period
                          ending on the determination date. The preceding
                          sentence shall also apply to distributions under a
                          terminated plan which, had it not been terminated,
                          would have been aggregated with the plan under section
                          416(g)(2)(A)(i) of the Code. In the case of a
                          distribution made for a reason other than separation
                          from service, death or disability, this provision
                          shall be applied by substituting "5-year period" for
                          "1-year period."

                   (ii)   Employees not performing services during year ending
                          on the determination date. The accrued benefits and
                          accounts of any individual who has not performed
                          services for the employer during the 1-year period
                          ending on the determination date shall not be taken
                          into account.

         4.3. Minimum benefits.

              (a)  Matching contributions. Employer matching contributions shall
                   be taken into account for purposes of satisfying the minimum
                   contribution requirements of section 416(c)(2) of the Code
                   and the plan. The preceding sentence shall apply with respect
                   to matching contributions under the plan or, if the plan
                   provides that the minimum contribution requirement shall be
                   met in another plan, under such other plan. Employer matching
                   contributions that are used to satisfy the minimum
                   contribution requirements shall be treated as matching
                   contributions for purposes of the actual contribution
                   percentage test and other requirements of section 401(m) of
                   the Code.

              (b)  Contributions under other plans. The employer may provide in
                   the EGTRRA Adoption Agreement that the minimum benefit
                   requirement shall be met in another plan (including another
                   plan that consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement
                   which meets the requirements of section 401(k)(12) of the
                   Code and matching contributions with respect to which the
                   requirements of section 401(m)(11) of the Code are met).

         4.4  Exception to top-heavy rules. The top-heavy requirements of
              section 416 of the Code and Article XII of the plan shall not
              apply in any year beginning after December 31, 2001, in which the
              plan consists solely of a cash or deferred arrangement which meets
              the requirements of section 401(k)(12) of the Code and matching
              contributions with respect to which the requirements of section
              401(m)(11) of the Code are met.

ARTICLE V - VESTING OF EMPLOYER MATCHING CONTRIBUTIONS

         5.1. Applicability. This article shall apply to all participants with
              accrued benefits derived from employer matching contributions.

         5.2. Vesting schedule. A participant's accrued benefit derived from
              employer matching contributions shall vest as provided by the
              employer in the EGTRRA Adoption Agreement. If the vesting schedule
              for employer matching contributions in Option 3 of Article II.A of
              the EGTRRA Adoption Agreement is elected, the election in the
              section of the plan that provides for the election of the former
              vesting schedule under 411(a)(10) of the Code shall apply. If
              elected by the Employer in the EGTRRA Adoption Agreement, the
              vesting schedule elected in the EGTRRA Adoption Agreement shall
              apply to all employer contributions.

ARTICLE VI - DIRECT ROLLOVERS OF PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS

         6.1. Effective date. This article shall apply to distributions made
              after December 31, 2001.


                                       89



         6.2. Modification of definition of eligible retirement plan. For
              purposes of the direct rollover provisions in Article X of the
              plan, an eligible retirement plan shall also mean an annuity
              contract described in section 403(b) of the Code and an eligible
              plan under section 457(b) of the Code that is maintained by a
              state, political subdivision of a state or any agency or
              instrumentality of a state or political subdivision of a state and
              that agrees to separately account for amounts transferred into
              such plan from this plan. The definition of eligible retirement
              plan shall also apply in the case of a distribution to a surviving
              spouse or to a spouse or former spouse who is the alternate payee
              under a qualified domestic relations order as defined in section
              414(p) of the Code.

         6.3. Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to
              exclude hardship distributions. For purposes of the direct
              rollover provisions in Article X of the plan, any amount that is
              distributed on account of hardship shall not be an eligible
              rollover distribution, and the distributee may not elect to have
              any portion of such a distribution paid directly to an eligible
              retirement plan.

         6.4. Modification of definition of eligible rollover distribution to
              include after-tax employee contributions. For purposes of the
              direct rollover provisions in Article X of the plan, a portion of
              a distribution shall not fail to be an eligible rollover
              distribution merely because the portion consists of after-tax
              employee contributions which are not includible in gross income.
              However, such portion may be transferred only to an individual
              retirement account or annuity described in section 408(a) or (b)
              of the Code or to a qualified defined contribution plan described
              in section 401(a) or 403(a) of the Code that agrees to separately
              account for amounts so transferred, including separately
              accounting for the portion of such distribution which is
              includible in gross income and the portion of such distribution
              which is not so includible.

ARTICLE VII - ROLLOVERS FROM OTHER PLANS

         If elected by the employer in the EGTRAA Adoption Agreement, the plan
         will accept participant rollover contributions and/or direct rollovers
         of distributions made after December 31, 2001, from the types of plans
         specified in the EGTRAA Adoption Agreement, beginning on the effective
         date specified in the EGTRAA Adoption Agreement.

ARTICLE VIII - REPEAL OF MULTIPLE USE TEST

         The multiple use test described in Treasury Regulation section
         1.401(m)-2 and Article III of the plan shall not apply for plan years
         beginning after December 31, 2001.

ARTICLE IX - CATCH-UP CONTRIBUTIONS

         If elected by the employer in the EGTRRA Adoption Agreement, all
         employees who are eligible to make elective deferrals under this plan
         and who have attained age 50 before the close of the plan year shall be
         eligible to make catch-up contributions in accordance with, and subject
         to the limitations of, section 414(v) of the Code. Such catch-up
         contributions shall not be taken into account for purposes of the
         provisions of the plan implementing the required limitations of
         sections 402(g) and 415 of the Code. The plan shall not be treated as
         failing to satisfy the provisions of the plan implementing the
         requirements of section 401(k)(3), 401(k)(11), 401(k)(12), 410(b) or
         416 of the Code, as applicable, by reason of the making of such
         catch-up contributions. If elected by the Employer in the EGTRRA
         Adoption Agreement, such catch-up contributions shall be counted in
         determining the amount of a participant's employer matching
         contributions.

ARTICLE X - SUSPENSION PERIOD AND CODE SECTION 402(g) LIMIT FOLLOWING HARDSHIP
DISTRIBUTION

         10.1 Suspension period. A participant who receives a distribution of
              elective deferrals after December 31, 2001, on account of hardship
              shall be prohibited from making elective deferrals and employee
              contributions under this and all other plans of the employer for 6
              months after receipt of the distribution. A participant who
              receives a distribution of elective deferrals in calendar year
              2001 on account of hardship shall be prohibited from making
              elective deferrals and employee contributions under this and all
              other plans of the employer for the period specified in the
              provisions of the plan relating to suspension of elective
              deferrals that were in effect prior to this amendment.

         10.2 Elimination of reduced Code section 402(g) limit after suspension
              period ends. With respect to hardship distributions made after
              December 31, 2001, the post-hardship suspension contribution limit
              in Treasury regulation section 1.401(k)-1(d)(2)(iv)(B)(3) is
              eliminated.


                                       90



ARTICLE XI - DISTRIBUTION UPON SEVERANCE FROM EMPLOYMENT

         11.1.  Effective date. If elected by the employer in the EGTRAA
                Adoption Agreement, this section shall apply for distributions
                and severances from employment occurring after the date
                specified in the EGTRAA Adoption Agreement.

         11.2.  New distributable event. A participant's elective deferrals,
                qualified nonelective contributions, qualified matching
                contributions and earnings attributable to these contributions
                shall be distributed on account of the participant's severance
                from employment. However, such a distribution shall be subject
                to the other provisions of the plan regarding distributions,
                other than provisions that require a separation from service
                before such amounts may be distributed.


                                       91



401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
TRUST AGREEMENT

The Employer has established a Plan to provide retirement, death and disability
benefits for eligible Employees and their Beneficiaries pursuant to section 401
of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. As part of the Plan, the
Employer has requested such person or persons (individual, corporate, or other
entity), as may be designated in the Adoption Agreement, to serve as Trustee
pursuant to the Trust established for the investment of contributions under the
Plan upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Trust Agreement.

Unless the context of this Trust Agreement clearly indicates otherwise, the
terms defined in Article I of the Plan entered into by the Employer, of which
this Trust Agreement forms a part, shall, when used herein, have the same
meaning as in said Plan.

ARTICLE I - THE TRUST FUND

         1.1  Establishment of Trust Fund. The Employer hereby establishes with
              the Trustee a trust fund consisting of such sums of U. S. currency
              and such other property acceptable to the Trustee as shall from
              time to time be paid to the Trustee pursuant to this Trust
              Agreement. All such money and property, together with all
              investments and reinvestments made therewith and proceeds thereof,
              less any payments or distributions made by the Trustee pursuant to
              the terms of this Trust Agreement, are referred to as the Trust
              Fund. The Trustee hereby accepts the Trust Fund and agrees to hold
              it in accordance with the express provisions of this instrument
              and the requirements of law.

         1.2  Named Fiduciary. The Administrator, as set forth in the Adoption
              Agreement, shall have exclusive authority with respect to the
              management and control of the Trust Fund in accordance with the
              Plan and this Trust Agreement and shall be acting as a "Named
              Fiduciary" of the Plan in the performance of such activities. The
              term "Named Fiduciary," as used throughout this Trust Agreement,
              is deemed to refer to the Named Fiduciary of the Plan, as set
              forth in this Section 1.2, and its duly authorized
              representatives.

         1.3  Nature of Trustee's Duties. In performing its duties hereunder,
              the Trustee shall serve solely in the capacity of a directed
              trustee within the meaning of section 403(a)(1) of ERISA. The
              Trustee shall not be deemed to be the "administrator" as defined
              in ERISA section 3(16)(A), the "plan sponsor" as defined in ERISA
              section 3(16)(B), or a trustee with discretion to perform more
              than the express ministerial duties pursuant to the terms of this
              Trust Agreement.

         1.4  Limitation of Trustee's Duties. The Trustee shall have no duty to:
              (a) determine or enforce payment of any contribution due under the
              Plan; (b) inquire whether any contribution made to the Trust Fund
              is in accordance with the terms of the Plan or law; (c) determine
              the adequacy of the funding policy adopted by the Employer or the
              Named Fiduciary; (d) inquire as to the propriety of any investment
              or distribution made under the Plan; or (e) ensure the tax
              qualified status of the Plan under the Code.

ARTICLE II - ACCOUNTS

         2.1  Establishing Accounts. The Trustee shall open and maintain, as
              part of the Trust Fund, Participant accounts for such individuals
              as the Administrator shall, from time to time, give written notice
              to the Trustee as being Participants in the Plan. At the direction
              of the Administrator, the Trustee shall also open and maintain
              such other accounts as may be appropriate or desirable to aid in
              the administration of the Plan. A separate account shall be
              maintained for each Participant and shall be credited with the
              contributions made and any forfeitures allocated to each such
              Participant pursuant to the Plan (and all earnings thereon).

         2.2  Charges Against Accounts. Upon receipt of written instructions
              from the Administrator, the Trustee shall charge the appropriate
              account of the Participant for any withdrawals or distributions
              made under the Plan and any forfeiture of unvested interests
              attributable to Employer contributions which may be required under
              the Plan. The Administrator will give written instructions to the
              Trustee specifying the manner in which Employer contributions and
              any forfeiture of the nonvested portion of accounts, as allocated
              by the Administrator in accordance with the provisions of the
              Plan, are to be credited to the various accounts maintained for
              Participants.


                                       92



         2.3  Receipt of Contributions. The Trustee shall accept and hold in the
              Trust Fund contributions made by the Employer and Participants
              under the Plan. The Administrator shall give written instructions
              to the Trustee specifying the specific Participants' accounts to
              which contributions are to be credited, the amount of each such
              credit which is attributable to Employer contributions and the
              amount, if any, which is attributable to the Participants'
              required or voluntary contributions. If written instructions are
              not received by the Trustee, or if such instructions are received
              but are deemed by the Trustee to be unclear, upon notice to the
              Employer, the Trustee shall hold such contribution in cash,
              without liability for rising security prices or distributions
              made, pending receipt by it from the Administrator of written
              instructions or other clarification. If any contributions or
              earnings are less than any minimum which the then current
              prospectus for the Investment Options require, the Trustee may
              hold the specified portion of contribution or earnings in cash,
              without interest, until such time as the proper amount has been
              contributed or earned so that the investment in the Investment
              Options required under the Plan may be made.

ARTICLE III - INVESTMENT OF THE TRUST FUND

         3.1  Investment of the Trust Fund - In General. The Named Fiduciary
              shall be solely responsible for directing the Trustee as to the
              investment and disposition of the Trust Fund and shall have
              responsibility for the overall diversification of the Trust Fund.
              The Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund only as
              directed and the Trustee is specifically prohibited from having or
              exercising any discretion with respect to the investment of the
              Trust Fund.

         3.2  Investment Powers of the Trustee. Subject to the limitations of
              Section 3.1, the Trustee shall invest and reinvest the Trust Fund
              as directed, free from any limitations imposed by state law on
              investments of trust funds and without distinction between income
              and principal, in any investment approved by the Named Fiduciary,
              including equity or debt securities, insurance policies and
              contracts, savings and time deposits, investment contracts issued
              by a bank, insurance company or other financial or similar
              institution, short-term instruments of deposit, registered
              investment companies (including any investment company, the
              advisor of which is an affiliate of the Trustee), investment
              partnerships or other pooled investments funds, common, collective
              or group trust funds (including any such fund held or maintained
              by the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee) for commingling
              assets of participating trusts, including but not limited to
              assets of retirement plans which are qualified under section
              401(a) of the Code (the instrument of trust creating any such
              qualified common, collective or group trust fund, to the extent of
              the Trust Fund's equitable share thereof, being adopted hereby).
              The Trustee shall have the power to hold all or a portion of the
              Trust Fund uninvested pending receipt of clear and proper
              investment directions or pending receipt of a contribution amount
              which is necessary to carry out an investment direction.

         3.3  Investment Options. At the direction of the Named Fiduciary, the
              Trustee shall establish one or more separate Investment Options
              within the Trust Fund. Investment Options shall be established by
              direct investment or through the medium of a bank, trust fund,
              insurance contract or regulated investment company, as the Named
              Fiduciary shall direct. Each Investment Option shall be held and
              administered as part of the Trust Fund, but shall be separately
              invested and accounted for on behalf of each Participant's Plan
              account. To the extent authorized by the Plan and conditioned on
              the Trustee's acceptance of such property pursuant to Section 1.1
              hereof, the Named Fiduciary may direct the Trustee to establish
              one or more Investment Options all or a portion of the assets of
              which shall be invested in qualifying employer securities within
              the meaning of section 407(d)(5) of ERISA ("Qualifying Employer
              Securities"). Any such direction shall be deemed to include a
              certification by the Named Fiduciary that the acquisition and
              holding of such Qualifying Employer Securities by the Plan does
              not constitute a prohibited transaction under section 406 of ERISA
              or section 4975 of the Code. The Employer shall be solely
              responsible for complying with any securities laws that may apply
              to Qualifying Employer Securities held in the Trust Fund.

         3.4  Participant Instructions. The Named Fiduciary's investment
              direction to the Trustee may represent the aggregate of investment
              instructions of Participants with respect to the assets in each
              Participant's Plan account. All references in this Trust Agreement
              to directions or instructions provided by the Named Fiduciary
              shall be deemed to include Participant instructions that are
              provided to the Named Fiduciary or its agent and delivered by the
              Named Fiduciary or its agent to the Trustee. The Named


                                       93



              Fiduciary shall have the duty to select and monitor all Investment
              Options or other investment media made available to Participants
              under the Plan. The Named Fiduciary or its agent shall ensure that
              all Participants who are entitled to direct the investment of
              assets in their Plan accounts previously received or receive a
              copy of all material describing such Investment Options that is
              required by law. If a Participant fails to direct the investment
              of assets in the Participant's Plan accounts as permitted by the
              Plan, the Named Fiduciary shall direct the Trustee as to the
              investment of such assets.

         3.5  Appointment of Investment Manager. The Named Fiduciary may appoint
              one or more investment managers, as defined in section 3(38) of
              ERISA ("Investment Manager") to manage, acquire and dispose of all
              or a portion of the Trust Fund or an Investment Option. The Named
              Fiduciary shall provide the Trustee with written notice of the
              appointment of each Investment Manager and of the termination of
              such appointment and direct the segregation of that portion of the
              Trust Fund to be managed by the Investment Manager. The Named
              Fiduciary also shall provide the Trustee with a copy of the
              investment management agreement and an acknowledgement by the
              Investment Manager that it is a fiduciary with respect to the Plan
              within the meaning of section 3(21)(A) of ERISA. The Trustee shall
              be entitled to rely on such documents until otherwise notified in
              writing by the Named Fiduciary. The Trustee shall invest and
              reinvest such portion of the Trust Fund under the management of
              the Investment Manager as directed by the Investment Manager. The
              Trustee shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon the valuation
              of any securities or other property held in any portion of the
              Trust Fund that is provided to it by such Investment Manager for
              all purposes under this Trust Agreement.

         3.6  Plan Loans. If provided in Article VIII of the Plan, and subject
              to the limitations set forth therein, the Trustee shall invest
              assets of the Trust Fund in loans to Participants or
              Beneficiaries. Any such direction shall be deemed to include a
              certification by the Named Fiduciary that such loan is in
              accordance with provisions of the Plan and ERISA and does not
              constitute a "prohibited transaction" under ERISA. The Trustee
              shall accept as collateral for each Participant loan only the
              appropriate amount of the Participant's Plan account designated by
              the Plan or established policies. The Trustee shall invest all
              loan repayments in accordance with the directions of the Named
              Fiduciary and shall make distributions of defaulted loans as
              directed by the Named Fiduciary.

         3.7  Investment and Insurance Contracts. In the event that insurance
              policies or contracts or investment contracts issued by a bank,
              insurance company or other financial or similar institution
              (including structured or synthetic investment contracts) are held
              in the Trust Fund at the direction of the Named Fiduciary or an
              Investment Manager ("Contracts"), the Trustee shall not be liable
              for the refusal or inability of any insurance company, bank or
              other financial institution to issue, change, pay proceeds or make
              payments due under any Contract; for the form, terms, genuineness,
              validity or sufficiency of any Contract; or for any delay in
              payment or proceeds due under any Contract. The Trustee shall not
              be responsible for the valuation of any Contract and the Trustee
              shall be entitled to conclusively rely upon such valuation
              provided by the issuer of the Contract for all purposes under this
              Trust Agreement. The Trustee shall not be responsible for
              evaluating or monitoring the financial condition or status of any
              financial institution or insurance company issuing any such
              Contract which the Named Fiduciary or an Investment Manager
              directs the Trustee to hold or to purchase with the Trust Fund.

         3.8  Trustee's Duty and Responsibility with Respect to the Trust Fund.
              The Trustee shall have no duty to question any action or direction
              of the Employer, the Named Fiduciary, an Investment Manager or a
              Participant (pursuant to the provisions of Section 6.3) or the
              failure of the Employer, the Named Fiduciary, an Investment
              Manager or a Participant to give directions, or to review the
              securities or other investments which are held pursuant to
              directions of the Employer, the Named Fiduciary, an Investment
              Manager or a Participant as to the investment, reinvestment,
              retention or disposition of any such assets. The Trustee shall not
              have any responsibility for diversification of such assets, for
              any loss to or depreciation of such assets resulting from the
              purchase, retention or sale of assets in accordance with the
              direction of the Employer, the Named Fiduciary, an Investment
              Manager or a Participant. The Trustee shall not be responsible for
              any investment action taken or omitted by the Trustee in
              accordance with any direction of the Employer, the Named
              Fiduciary, an Investment Manager or Participant; any investment
              inaction in the absence of an investment direction from the
              Employer, the Named Fiduciary, an Investment Manager or
              Participant; or any investment action taken by the Trustee
              pursuant to an order to purchase or sell securities placed by the
              Employer, the Named Fiduciary, an Investment Manager or
              Participant directly with a broker, dealer or issuer.


                                       94



         3.9  Knowledge of the Trustee. When the Trustee is subject to the
              direction of the Employer, the Named Fiduciary, or an Investment
              Manager in performing its duties under this Trust Agreement, the
              Trustee's responsibilities will be limited to certain ministerial
              duties with respect to the portion of the Trust Fund subject to
              such direction, which duties do not involve the exercise of any
              discretionary authority to manage or control Trust Fund assets and
              which duties will be performed in the normal course of business by
              employees of the Trustee, its affiliates or agents who are
              unfamiliar with investment management ("Ministerial Duties").
              Except as required by section 403(a)(1) of ERISA, the Trustee is
              not undertaking any duty or obligation, express or implied, to
              review, and will not be deemed to have reviewed, any transaction
              involving the investment of the Trust Fund which it is directed to
              perform by the Employer, the Named Fiduciary or an Investment
              Manager except to the extent necessary to perform these
              Ministerial Duties in accordance with such direction.

ARTICLE IV - OTHER MINISTERIAL DUTIES OF THE TRUSTEE

         4.1  Other Ministerial Duties of the Trustee. The Trustee is authorized
              and empowered with respect to the Trust Fund to perform the
              following Ministerial Duties necessary to effectuate the
              instructions and directions of the Named Fiduciary, the Plan
              Administrator, an Investment Manager or a Participant:

              a)   To make, execute, acknowledge and deliver any and all
                   documents of transfer and conveyance and any and all other
                   instruments that may be necessary or appropriate to carry out
                   the powers herein granted.

              b)   To register any investment held by it in the name of the
                   Trustee or in the name of any custodian or its nominee, with
                   or without words indicating that such securities are held in
                   a fiduciary capacity, but the books and records of the
                   Trustee shall at all times show that all such investments are
                   part of the Trust Fund.

              c)   To hold or to appoint an agent or custodian to hold any
                   property hereunder in bearer form or in its own name or the
                   name of its nominee and to deposit or arrange for the deposit
                   of any securities or other property in a securities
                   depository or clearing agency; provided, however, that the
                   Trustee may not serve as custodian or appoint or terminate a
                   custodian for any plan assets, as defined in ERISA and the
                   regulations thereunder, which are managed by an affiliate of
                   the Trustee. Any agent or custodian so appointed shall be
                   paid fees as mutually agreed upon by the Employer and the
                   agent or custodian and paid in the same manner as other
                   expenses of the Trust Fund. The Trustee shall not hold any
                   property or securities hereunder in the same account as any
                   individual property of the Trustee.

              d)   To retain custody of original executed documents evidencing
                   loans to Participants made after the effective date of this
                   Trust Agreement and, to the extent provided to the Trustee by
                   the Employer, original executed documents evidencing
                   outstanding loans to Participants made prior to the effective
                   date of this Trust Agreement.

              e)   To employ suitable agents, counsel, financial consultants,
                   valuation experts or other professionals (who may also be
                   agents, counsel, consultants or experts for the Employer or
                   the Named Fiduciary) and to pay their reasonable expenses and
                   compensation out of the Trust Fund.

              f)   To trade all securities held in the Trust Fund as soon as
                   possible after an order is received and processed by the
                   Trustee or its agent in accordance with directions of the
                   Employer, the Named Fiduciary or an Investment Manager,
                   taking into account any trade delays which may occur due to
                   stock market constraints or the liquidity of the security.

                   Each and all of the foregoing powers may be exercised without
                   a court order or approval.

         4.2  Valuation of Trust Fund. The Trustee, as of the Valuation Date set
              forth in the Plan and at such other time or times as is necessary
              or as the Trustee and the Named Fiduciary agree, shall determine
              the net worth of the assets of the Trust Fund. The valuation shall
              be based upon valuations provided by Investment Managers, trustees
              of common trust funds, sponsors of registered investment
              companies, records of securities exchanges or valuation services,
              market data providers or qualified appraisers. Notwithstanding the
              foregoing, the Trustee shall not be responsible for providing the
              value of any Contracts, as described in Section 3.7, or for any
              asset which is not liquid or not publicly traded, the value of
              which shall be provided by the Named Fiduciary. The Trustee may
              obtain the opinions of qualified appraisers, as necessary in the
              discretion of the Trustee, to determine the fair market value of


                                       95



              Qualifying Employer Securities, the fees of which appraiser shall,
              unless paid by the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund.

         4.3  Trust Records. The Trustee shall keep accurate and detailed
              records of all receipts, investments, disbursements and other
              transactions required to be performed hereunder with respect to
              the Trust Fund. The Trustee agrees to treat as confidential all
              records and other information relative to the Trust Fund. The
              Trustee shall not disclose such records and other information to
              third parties except to the extent required by law or as requested
              in writing by the Employer. The Trustee agrees to permit the
              Employer to inspect the records of the Trust Fund maintained by
              the Trustee during regular business hours and to permit the
              Employer to audit the same upon the giving of reasonable notice to
              the Trustee. The Trustee further agrees that it will provide the
              Employer with information and records that the Employer may
              reasonably require in order to perform audits of such records.

         4.4  Confidentiality/Security of Records. Trustee and Employer agree to
              treat as confidential and use only in connection with this Trust
              Agreement all Plan data, records, computer programs and software,
              reports and other documents, which are furnished to the other
              under this Trust Agreement. Trustee and Employer will protect the
              security of such records and will not disclose such records or
              other information to third parties except as required by law or
              when requested to do so by the other; provided, however, that the
              Trustee and Employer may disclose such records or information to
              its agents in the course of performing its duties under this Trust
              Agreement or to take other reasonable actions required by the
              Employer with respect to the Plan.

         4.5  Accounting. Within 90 days after the close of the Plan's fiscal
              year or such other period as the Employer and the Trustee may
              agree, and within 90 days after the resignation or removal of the
              Trustee, as provided herein, the Trustee shall file with the
              Employer a written account setting forth all investments,
              receipts, disbursement and other transactions effected by it
              during such fiscal year or during the period from the close of the
              last fiscal year to the date of such resignation or removal.
              Unless the Employer files written objections to such account with
              the Trustee within 180 days after the filing of such account with
              the Employer, the accounting shall be deemed to be approved and
              the Trustee shall, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable
              law, be released and forever discharged from all liability for
              further accountability to the Employer for the accuracy of such
              accounting and for the propriety of all acts and the transactions
              of the Trustee reflected in such account. If written objections
              are specified and the matters in controversy cannot be settled
              between the Employer and the Trustee, the Trustee may apply for a
              judicial settlement of the account, the costs of such settlement
              being allowed as an expense of the Trust Fund. The only necessary
              party thereto in addition to the Trustee shall be the Employer.

         4.6  Distributions and Other Payments. As provided in the Plan, the
              Trustee shall make payment to such persons, including the
              Employer, the Trustee, the Named Fiduciary, the Plan recordkeeper
              and Participants, as the Named Fiduciary may direct from time to
              time. The Named Fiduciary shall be responsible for insuring that
              any distribution or other payment from the Trust Fund conforms to
              the provisions of the Plan and ERISA. Excluding those fees and
              expenses set forth in a separate fee schedule and the Plan's
              recordkeeping agreement, which may be paid from the Trust Fund if
              not paid directly by the Employer, the Named Fiduciary may direct
              the Trustee to pay fees or expenses relating to the administration
              of the Plan or Trust Fund by submitting to the Trustee all
              expenses to be charged to the Trust Fund. Each submission also
              shall include a certification executed by the Named Fiduciary that
              all such expenses are proper and reasonable. Notwithstanding any
              other provisions of this Trust Agreement, the Trustee may
              condition any distribution or other payment of Trust Fund assets
              upon receipt of satisfactory assurances that the approval of
              appropriate governmental agencies or other authorities has been
              secured and that all notice and other procedures required by
              applicable law have been satisfied. The Trustee shall be entitled
              to rely conclusively upon the Named Fiduciary's directions and
              shall not be liable for any distribution or other payment made in
              reliance upon the Named Fiduciary's directions.

         4.7  Limitation of Duties. The Trustee is a party to this Trust
              Agreement solely for the purposes set forth herein and neither the
              Trustee nor any of its officers, directors, employees or agents
              shall have any duties or obligations with respect to the Trust
              Fund, except as expressly set forth herein. To the extent not
              prohibited by ERISA, the Trustee shall not be responsible in any
              way for any action or omission of the Employer or the Named
              Fiduciary with respect to the performance of their respective
              duties and


                                       96



              obligations set forth in this Trust Agreement and in the Plan. The
              Trustee may rely upon such information, direction, action or
              inaction of the Employer or the Named Fiduciary as being proper
              under the Plan or the Trust Agreement and is not required to
              inquire into the propriety of any such information, direction,
              action or inaction.

ARTICLE V - DUTIES OF THE EMPLOYER

         5.1  Duties of the Employer. In addition to any duties of the Employer
              otherwise prescribed in this Trust Agreement, the Employer,
              individually or through the Named Fiduciary, shall be responsible
              for performing the following functions with respect to the Trust
              Fund:

              a)   Transmitting all Trust Fund contributions made by or on
                   behalf of each Participant to the Trustee at such times and
                   in such manner as is mutually agreed between the Employer and
                   the Trustee;

              b)   Providing the Trustee with such information and data relevant
                   to the Plan as is necessary for the Trustee to properly
                   perform its duties hereunder;

              c)   Providing to the Trustee, on a timely basis, a copy of the
                   Plan including all amendments and restatements, and a copy of
                   the Plan's determination letter from the Internal Revenue
                   Service;

              d)   Determining that the contributions made by or on the behalf
                   of each Participant are in accordance with any applicable
                   federal and state law and regulations;

              e)   Assuring that the Plan maintains qualified status under
                   section 401(a) of the Code at all times while any Plan assets
                   are held in the Trust Fund;

              f)   Providing the Trustee with the value of any Contracts;

              g)   Determining the suitability of and selecting every investment
                   offered as an option under the Plan, including but not
                   limited to Qualifying Employer Securities;

              h)   Determining that loans to Participants are made and
                   administered in accordance with the Plan, ERISA and the Code;

              i)   Determining that all payments, including distributions to
                   Participants, are reasonable, proper and in accordance with
                   the Plan, ERISA and the Code;

              j)   Determining whether any domestic relations order is
                   "qualified" in accordance with section 414(p) of the Code and
                   directing the Trustee as to how to effect any such order; and

              k)   Ensuring that a Participant who makes a required or voluntary
                   contribution has previously received or receives a copy of
                   the then current prospectus relating to the Investment
                   Option(s) to which such contribution is invested.

              l)   Meeting any U.S. securities laws that may apply with respect
                   to offering Qualifying Employer Securities as an investment
                   option under the Plan. This includes, but is not limited to,
                   registering such stock with the Securities and Exchange
                   Commission ("SEC") and other government agencies, filing
                   reports with the SEC and other government agencies, and
                   preparing prospectuses, proxy solicitations and other similar
                   materials.

ARTICLE VI - VOTING, TENDER AND SIMILAR RIGHTS

         6.1  General Provisions. Except to the extent otherwise provided in
              Section 6.3 of this Trust Agreement, the Named Fiduciary (or the
              Investment Manager with respect to assets under its management)
              shall direct the Trustee as to the manner in which it shall; (i)
              vote in person or by proxy, general or special, any securities
              held in the Trust Fund; (ii) exercise conversion privileges,
              subscription rights and other options; and (iii) participate in or
              dissent from reorganizations, tender offers or other changes in
              property rights.

         6.2  Receipt of Notices. Upon receipt, the Trustee shall transmit to
              the Named Fiduciary (or to the Investment Manager with the respect
              to assets under its management) all notices of conversion,
              redemption, tender, exchange, subscription, class action, claim in
              insolvency proceedings or other rights or powers relating to any
              investment in the Trust Fund, which notices are received by the
              Trustee from its agents or custodian, from issuers of securities
              and from the party (or its agents) extending such


                                       97



              rights. The Trustee shall have no obligation to determine the
              existence of any conversion, redemption, tender, exchange,
              subscription, class action, claim in insolvency proceedings or
              other right or power relating to any investments in the Trust
              Fund.

         6.3  Qualifying Employer Securities. If provided in Article V of the
              Plan, the Trustee shall exercise all voting or tender offer rights
              with respect to any Qualifying Employer Securities in the Trust
              Fund which are allocated to the Plan accounts of Participants in
              accordance with instructions from Participants. Each Participant
              shall be a named fiduciary within the meaning of section 403(a)(1)
              of ERISA for the purpose of directing the voting and tendering of
              Qualifying Employer Securities allocated to his Plan account. Each
              Participant may direct the Trustee, confidentially, how to vote or
              whether or not to tender the Qualifying Employer Securities
              representing shares allocated to his Plan account. Upon timely
              receipt of direction, the Trustee shall vote or tender all such
              shares of Qualifying Employer Securities as directed by the
              Participants. The Employer shall direct the Trustee as to voting
              of shares of Qualifying Employer Securities for which no
              Participant direction is received. The Trustee shall use
              reasonable procedures to inform Participants as to what action
              will be taken in the absence of such affirmative instructions. In
              the case of a tender offer or other right or option with respect
              to Qualifying Employer Securities, a Participant who does not
              issue valid directions to the Trustee to sell, offer to sell,
              exchange or otherwise dispose of such Qualifying Employer
              Securities shall be deemed to have directed the Trustee that such
              shares allocated to his Participant Account remain invested in
              Qualifying Employer Securities. The Employer shall provide the
              Trustee with all information and assistance that the Trustee may
              reasonably request in order for the Trustee to perform its duties
              hereunder.

              Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trustee shall follow any
              directions of the Employer or Participants in the performance of
              these functions only to the extent that following such directions
              would not violate the provisions of ERISA.

ARTICLE VII - RESIGNATION OR REMOVAL OF TRUSTEE

         7.1  Resignation or Removal of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any
              time upon 60 days' prior written notice to the Employer and the
              Employer may remove the Trustee at anytime upon 60 days' prior
              written notice to the Trustee. If mutually agreed upon between the
              parties, the 60 days' notice may be waived or reduced. Upon
              resignation or removal of the Trustee, the Employer shall appoint
              a successor trustee. Upon receipt by the Trustee of written
              acceptance of such appointment by the successor trustee, the
              Trustee shall transfer and pay over to the successor the Trust
              Fund and all records (or copies) pertaining thereto. The Trustee
              is authorized, however, to reserve such sum of money or property
              as it may deem advisable for payment of any liabilities
              constituting a charge against the Trust Fund or against the
              Trustee, with any balance of such reserve remaining after payment
              of all such items to be paid over to the successor trustee. Upon
              the transfer and payment over the assets of the Trust Fund and
              upon the settlement or approval of the account for the Trustee
              pursuant to Section 4.5 herein, the Trustee shall be released and
              discharged from any and all claims, demands, duties and
              obligations arising out of the Trust Fund and its management
              thereof.

         7.2  Employer's Failure to Appoint Successor Trustee. If the Employer
              has not appointed a successor trustee which has accepted such
              appointment as of the effective date of the Trustee's resignation
              or removal, the Trustee shall have the right to apply to a court
              of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of such successor or
              for a determination of its rights and obligations, the costs of
              such action, unless paid by the Employer, being paid from the
              Trust Fund.

ARTICLE VIII - AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF THE TRUST AGREEMENT

         8.1  Amendment. As provided in Article XIV of the Plan, and subject to
              the limitations set forth therein, the Plan and Trust Agreement
              may be amended at any time, in whole or in part by the Employer.
              No such amendment shall make it possible for any part of the
              corpus or income of the Trust Fund to be used or diverted to
              purposes other than the exclusive benefit of Participants and
              their Beneficiaries and defraying reasonable expenses of
              administering the Plan and trust created under this Trust
              Agreement.

         8.2  Termination. As provided in Article XIV of the Plan, and subject
              to the limitations set forth therein, this Trust Agreement and the
              trust created hereunder shall terminate upon the termination of
              the Plan, unless expressly extended by the Employer. The trust
              also shall terminate upon the dissolution or liquidation of the
              Employer where no successor has elected to continue the Plan and
              this Trust Agreement.


                                       98



              Termination of the trust shall be effected by distribution of all
              Trust Fund assets to the Participants or other persons entitled
              thereto pursuant to the direction of the Named Fiduciary, subject
              to the Trustee's right to reserve funds as provided in Section 7.1
              hereof. Upon the completion of such distribution, the Trustee
              shall be relieved from all further liability with respect to all
              amounts so paid.

ARTICLE IX - MISCELLANEOUS

         9.1  Written Instruction. Any direction of the Employer or the Named
              Fiduciary pursuant to any provisions of this Trust Agreement shall
              be set forth in writing from the Employer or the Named Fiduciary
              to the Trustee and the Trustee shall be fully protected in relying
              upon such written direction of the Employer or Named Fiduciary.
              For purposes of this Section 9.1, written instructions shall
              include the electronic or telephonic transmission of information
              or data as mutually agreed upon by the Trustee and the Employer.
              The Trustee shall be fully protected in relying upon any
              communication that the Trustee reasonably believes to have been
              given by the Employer or the Named Fiduciary or their duly
              authorized representatives, or any individual having apparent
              authority as such. The Trustee shall receive all directions or
              instructions in writing provided that the Trustee may accept oral
              directions for purchases or sales from the Named Fiduciary via
              telephone or other electronic procedures as agreed to between the
              Employer and the recordkeeper for the Plan.

         9.2  Indemnification and Hold Harmless. The Employer shall indemnify
              and hold harmless the Trustee (including its employees,
              representatives and agents) from and against any liability, loss
              or expense (including reasonable attorneys' fees) arising out of:
              (a) the Trustee's performance of its duties or responsibilities
              under this Trust Agreement, except to the extent that such loss or
              expense arises from the Trustee's own willful misconduct or gross
              negligence, (b) any action taken by the Trustee in accordance with
              the direction or instructions of the Employer, the Named
              Fiduciary, an Investment Manager, or a Participant or (c) any
              matter relating to the Plan for which the Trustee has no
              responsibility, control or liability under this Trust Agreement,
              and (d) the failure of the Named Fiduciary or the Employer
              (including its employees, representatives and agents) to perform
              its duties under this Trust Agreement or with respect to the Plan;
              provided, however, that this Section 9.2 shall not be construed to
              relieve the Trustee from responsibility or liability for any duty
              imposed upon directed trustees under section 403(a)(1) of ERISA.

         9.3  Trustee's Fees, Expenses and Taxes. The Trustee shall give 90 days
              advance written notice to the Employer whenever its fees are
              changed. Such fees, any taxes of any kind whatsoever which may be
              levied or assessed upon the Trust Fund, and any expenses incurred
              by the Trustee in the performance of its duties hereunder,
              including fees for legal services rendered to the Trustee, shall,
              unless paid by the Employer, be paid from the Trust Fund in the
              manner provided for in the Plan.

         9.4  Merger, Consolidation or Transfer. As provided in Article XIV of
              the Plan, and subject to the limitations set forth therein, in the
              event of the merger, consolidation or transfer of any portion of
              the Trust Fund to a trust fund held under any other plan, the
              Trustee shall dispose of all or part, as the case may be, of the
              Trust Fund, in accordance with the written directions of the Named
              Fiduciary, subject to the right of the Trustee to reserve funds as
              provided in Section 7.1 hereof.

         9.5  Conflict with the Plan. In the event of any conflict between the
              provisions of the Plan and this Trust Agreement with respect to
              the rights or obligations of the Trustee, the provisions of this
              Trust Agreement shall prevail.

         9.6  Severability. If any provision of this Trust Agreement is held
              invalid or unenforceable, such invalidity or unenforceability
              shall not affect any other provisions, and this Trust Agreement
              shall be construed and enforced as if such provision had not been
              included.

         9.7  Surviving Sections. Notwithstanding any Sections of this Trust
              Agreement to the contrary, Sections 7.1, 7.2, 8.2, 9.2 and 9.3
              shall survive the termination of this Trust Agreement.

         9.8  Law Governing. This Trust Agreement shall be administered,
              construed and enforced according to the laws of the state where
              the Trustee has its principal place of business and applicable
              federal law.

         9.9  Predecessor and Successor Trustees. The Trustee shall not be
              responsible and shall have no liability for the acts or omissions
              of any of its predecessors or successors.

                                       98



         9.10 Successors and Assigns. This Trust Agreement shall be binding upon
              the successors and assigns of the parties hereto.

         9.11 Amendments. As provided in Article XIV of the Plan and subject to
              the limitations set forth therein, the Plan and Trust Agreements
              may be amended at any time, in whole or in part, by the Employer.
              No amendment to the Plan or Trust Agreement shall place any
              greater burden on the Trustee without the Trustee's written
              consent.

         9.12 Multiple Trustees. In the event that there shall be 2 or more
              Trustees serving hereunder, any action taken or decision made by
              any such Trustees may be taken or made by a majority of them with
              the same effect as if all had joined therein, if there be more
              than 2, or unanimously if there be 2.


                                       100




                                                                                     
Internal Revenue Service                                                        Department of the Treasury
Plan Description: Prototype Non-standardized Profit Sharing Plan with CODA
FFN: 50336500003-001   Case: 200001532    EIN: 52-1309931                       Washington, DC 20224
Letter Serial No: K372181a


                    T ROWE PRICE TRUST CO                                       Contact Person: Ms. Arrington 50-00197

                    100 EAST PRATT STREET                                       Telephone Number: (202) 283-8811

                    BALTIMORE, MD 21202                                         In Reference to: T:EP:RA:T4

                                                                                Date: 02/27/2002


Dear Applicant:

In our opinion, the form of the plan identified above is acceptable under
section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code for use by employers for the benefit of
their employees. This opinion relates only to the acceptability of the form of
the plan under the Internal Revenue Code. It is not an opinion of the effect of
other Federal or local statutes.

You must furnish a copy of this letter to each employer who adopts this plan.
You are also required to send a copy of the approved form of the plan, any
approved amendments and related documents to Employee Plans Determinations in
Cincinnati at the address specified in section 9.11 of Rev. Proc. 2000-20,
2000-6 I.R.D. 553.

This letter considers the changes in qualifications requirements made by the
Uruguay Round Agreements Act (GATT), Pub. L. 103-465, the Small Business Job
Protection Act of 1996, Pub. L. 104-188, the Uniformed Services Employment and
Reemployment Rights Act of 1994, Pub. L. 103-553, the Taxpayer Relief Act of
1997, Pub. L. 105-34, the Internal Revenue Service Restructuring and Reform Act
of 1998, Pub. L. 105-206 and the Community Renewal Tax Relief Act of 2000, Pub.
L. 106-554. These laws are referred to collectively as GUST.

Our opinion on the acceptability of the form of the plan is not a ruling or
determination as to whether an employer's plan qualifies under Code section
401(a). However, an employer that adopts this plan may rely on this letter with
respect to the qualification of its plan under Code section 401(a), as provided
for in Announcement 2001-77, 2001-30 I.R.B. and outlined below. The terms of the
plan must be followed in operation.

Except as provided below, our opinion does not apply with respect to the
requirements of: (a) Code sections 401(a)(4), 401(a)(26), 401(a), 410(b) and
434(s). Our opinion does not apply for purposes of Code section 401(a)(10)(B)
and section 401(a)(16). If an employer ever maintained another qualified plan
for one or more employees who are covered by this plan. For this purpose, the
employer will not be considered to have maintained another plan merely because
the employer has maintained another defined contribution plan(s), provided such
other plan(s) has been terminated prior to the effective date of this plan and
no annual additions have been credited to the account of any participant under
such other plan(s) as of any date within the limitation year of this plan.
Likewise, if this plan is first effective on or after the effective date of the
repeal of Code section 415(e), the employer will not be considered to have
maintained another plan merely because the employer has maintained a defined
benefit plan(s), provided the defined benefit plan(s) has been terminated prior
to the effective date of this plan. Our opinion also does not apply for purposes
of Code section 401(a)(16) if, after December 31, 1985, the employer maintains a
welfare benefit fund defined in Code section 419(e), which provides
postretirement medical benefits allocated to separate accounts for key employees
as defined in Code section 419A(d)(3).

Our opinion applies with respect to the requirements of Code section 410(b) if
100 percent of all nonexcludable employees benefit under the plan. Employers
that elect a safe harbor allocation formula and a safe harbor compensation
definition can also rely on an opinion letter with respect to the
nondiscriminatory amounts requirement under sections 401(a)(4) and the
requirement of sections 401(k) and 401(m) (except where the plan is a safe
harbor plan under section 401(k)(12) that provides for the safe harbor
contribution to be made under another plan).

                                       101



T ROWE PRICE TRUST CO
FFN: 50336500003-001
Page 2



An employer that elects to continue to apply the pre-GUST family aggregation
rules in years beginning after December 31, 1996, or the combined plan limit of
section 415(e) in years beginning after December 31, 1999, will not be able to
rely on the opinion letter without a determination letter. The employer may
request a determination letter by filing an application with Employee Plans
Determinations on Form 5307, Application for Determination for Adopters of
Master or Prototype or Volume Submitter Plans.

If you, the matter or prototype sponsor, have any questions concerning the IRS
processing of this case, please call the above telephone number. This number is
only for use of the sponsor. Individual participants and/or adopting employers
with questions concerning the plan should contact the master or prototype
sponsor. The plan's adoption agreement must include the sponsor's address and
telephone number for inquiries by adopting employers.

If you write to the IRS regarding this plan, please provide your telephone
number and the most convenient time for us to call in case we need more
information. Whether you call or write, please refer to the Letter Serial Number
and File Folder Number shown in the heading of this letter.

You should keep this letter as a permanent record. Please notify us if you
modify or discontinue sponsorship of this plan.


                              Sincerely yours,


                              /s/ Paul T. Shultz

                              Director
                              Employee Plans Rulings & Agreements



                                       102



                          T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY

                             401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
                               ADOPTION AGREEMENT

Name of Employer:_______________________________________________________________

Address:         _______________________________________________________________

                 _______________________________________________________________

Phone No:        _______________________________________________________________

Plan Contact:    _______________________________________________________________


                                       103



T. ROWE PRICE
TRUST COMPANY
401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN
ADOPTION AGREEMENT

This is the Adoption Agreement for defined contribution plan #001 of basic plan
document #03, which is a combined prototype section 401(k)/profit sharing
defined contribution plan. (Prior to the amendment and restatement of this plan
document and adoption agreement, the plan document was T. Rowe Price Trust
Company basic plan document #01.) This Adoption Agreement may be used only in
conjunction with basic plan document #03.

Note:  Before executing this Adoption Agreement, the Employer should consult
       with a tax adviser or attorney. This plan may not meet the Employer's
       requirements for continued plan qualification. In addition, failure to
       properly complete this Adoption Agreement may result in plan
       disqualification.

The Employer hereby establishes a section 401(k) plan and a trust for such plan
upon the respective terms and conditions contained in the section 401(k)
prototype plan #03 and the Trust Agreement to the plan and appoints as
Trustee(s) of such trust the person(s) who has(have) executed this Adoption
Agreement evidencing his/her/its/their acceptance of such appointment.

The Plan and Trust Agreement shall be supplemented and modified by the terms and
conditions contained in the Adoption Agreement and any supplements thereto and
shall be effective on the date(s) specified herein.

After the Employer has notified T. Rowe Price Trust Company it has adopted the
prototype plan, T. Rowe Price Trust Company will inform the Employer of any
amendments made to the prototype plan or the discontinuance or abandonment of
the prototype plan after T. Rowe Price Trust Company receives such notice and
until the earlier of (i) the date the Employer notifies T. Rowe Price Trust
Company it has ceased to use this prototype plan or (ii) the date the Plan's
asset records are not kept by T. Rowe Price Trust Company or any affiliate of T.
Rowe Price Trust Company.

1.     Plan Data.
       (Complete 1.1 or 1.2, and complete 1.3)

       1.1    New Plan.
              (a)    Name of Plan:

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     (Please print or type complete, legal name of the Plan)

              (b)    Effective Date of the Plan:
                                                --------------------------------
                                                (month/day/year)

              (c)    Plan Year End:
                                   ---------------------------------------------
                                   (month/day)

       1.2    If this is an amendment of existing plan, complete the following:
              (a)    Name of Existing Plan:

                     -----------------------------------------------------------
                     (Please print or type complete, legal name of the Plan)

              (b)    Initial Effective Date of Plan:

                     -----------------------------------------------------------

              (c)    Effective Date of Amended Plan (complete (1) or (2))

                     (1)    If the plan is being amended and restated to comply
                            with GUST (the 1994-1998 laws - GATT, USERRA, SBJPA,
                            TRA'97 and IRSRRA - that require plan amendments):

                            ----------------------------------------------------
                            Effective Date of Amendment (month/day/year)


                                       104



1.24   Employer Contribution Accounts. The portion of a Participant's Account
       consisting of his Employer Matching Contributions, Discretionary Profit
       Sharing Contributions, Qualified Nonelective Contributions, Qualified
       Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor Matching Contributions, Safe Harbor
       Nonelective Contributions and ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
       Contributions subaccounts.

1.25   Entry Date. The Effective Date shall be the first Entry Date; thereafter,
       Entry Dates shall be the dates specified in the Adoption Agreement.

1.26   ERISA. The Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

1.27   Family Member. An Employee's spouse and lineal ascendants or descendants
       and the spouses of such lineal ascendants or descendants.

1.28   Five Percent Owner. Any person who owns (or is considered to own within
       the meaning of section 318 of the Code) more than 5% of the interests in
       the Employer.

1.29   Highly Compensated Employee. For Plan Years beginning after December 31,
       1996, the term Highly Compensated Employee means any Employee who during
       the Plan Year: (1) was a Five Percent Owner at any time during the Plan
       Year or the look-back year, or (2) for the look-back year had Section 415
       Compensation from the Employer in excess of $80,000 (adjusted at the same
       time and in the same manner as under section 415(d) of the Code, except
       that the base period is the calendar quarter ending September 30, 1996)
       and, if the Employer so elects in the Adoption Agreement, was in the
       top-paid group (i.e., top 20% of Employees ranked by compensation) for
       the look-back year.

       For this purpose, the Plan Year of the Plan for which a determination is
       being made is called a determination year and the preceding 12-month
       period is called a look-back year. If the Employer so elects in the
       Adoption Agreement, the look-back year shall be the calendar year
       beginning with or within the look-back year.

       The determination of who is a highly compensated former employee is based
       on the rules applicable to determining highly compensated employee status
       as in effect for that determination year, in accordance with section
       1.414(q)-1T, A-4 of the Temporary Income Tax Regulations and Notice
       97-45.

       In determining whether an Employee is a Highly Compensated Employee for
       years beginning in 1997, (1) the amendments to Code Section 414(q) stated
       above are treated as having been in effect for the 1996 Plan Year, and
       (2) if the Employer so elects in the Optional Supplement, the look-back
       year shall be the calendar year ending with or within the determination
       year.

       Effective for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, or such later
       year than 1997 that the Employer elects in the Optional Supplement, if an
       Employee is, during a determination year or look-back year, a Family
       Member of either a Five Percent Owner who is an active or former Employee
       or a Highly Compensated Employee who is one of the ten most Highly
       Compensated Employees ranked on the basis of compensation paid by the
       Employer during such year, then the Family Member and Five Percent Owner
       or top ten Highly Compensated Employee shall be aggregated. In such case,
       the Family Member and Five Percent Owner or top ten Highly Compensated
       Employee shall be treated as a single Employee receiving compensation and
       Plan contributions or benefits equal to the sum of such compensation and
       contributions or benefits of the Family Member and Five Percent Owner or
       top ten Highly Compensated Employee.

1.30   Hour of Service.

       (a)    An Hour of Service shall mean and include each hour for which an
              Employee is compensated by the Employer, or is entitled to be so
              compensated, for services rendered by him to the Employer. These
              hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation period
              in which the duties are performed.

       (b)    An Hour of Service shall also mean and include each hour for which
              an Employee is compensated by the Employer, or is entitled to be
              so compensated, on account of a period of time during which no
              services are rendered by him to the Employer (regardless of
              whether the Employee shall have ceased to be an Employee) due to
              vacation, holiday, illness, incapacity (including disability),
              layoff, jury duty, military duty or leave of absence. No more than
              501 Hours of Service shall be credited pursuant to this subsection
              (b) on account of any single continuous period during which an
              Employee

                                      105


                                       105



              renders no services to the Employer (whether or not such period
              occurs in a single computation period). Hours under this Section
              will be calculated and credited pursuant to section 2530.200b-2 of
              the Department of Labor Regulations which is incorporated herein
              by this reference.

       (c)    An Hour of Service shall also mean and include each hour for which
              back pay, without regard to mitigation of damages, has been
              awarded or agreed to by the Employer. The same Hours of Service
              shall not be credited both under subsection (a) or subsection (b),
              whichever shall be applicable, and also under this subsection (c).
              The hours will be credited to the Employee for the computation
              period or periods to which the award or agreement pertains rather
              than the computation period in which the award, agreement or
              payment is made.

              Hours of Service will be credited for employment with other
              members of an affiliated service group (under section 414(m) of
              the Code), a controlled group of corporations (under section
              414(b) of the Code), or a group of trades or businesses under
              common control (under section 414(c) of the Code), of which the
              adopting Employer is a member, and any other entity required to be
              aggregated with the Employer pursuant to section 414(o) of the
              Code and the regulations thereunder.

              Hours of Service will also be credited for any individual
              considered an Employee under section 414(n) or 414(o) of the Code,
              and regulations thereunder.

              Solely for purposes of determining whether a Break in Service for
              participation and vesting purposes has occurred in a computation
              period, an individual who is absent from work for maternity or
              paternity reasons shall receive credit for the Hours of Service
              which would otherwise have been credited to such individual but
              for such absence, or in any case in which such hours cannot be
              determined, eight Hours of Service per day of such absence. For
              purposes of this subsection, an absence from work for maternity or
              paternity reasons means an absence (i) by reason of the pregnancy
              of the individual, (ii) by reason of a birth of a child of the
              individual, (iii) by reason of the placement of a child with the
              individual in connection with the adoption of such child by such
              individual, or (iv) for purposes of caring for such child for a
              period beginning immediately following such birth or placement.
              The Hours of Service credited under this paragraph shall be
              credited only (i) in the computation period in which the absence
              begins if the crediting is necessary to prevent a Break in Service
              in that period, or (ii) in all other cases, in the following
              computation period.

              Hours of Service will be determined on the basis of the method
              selected in the Adoption Agreement.

1.31   Investment Options. Any regulated investment company registered under the
       Investment Company Act of 1940 the investment adviser of which is T. Rowe
       Price Associates, Inc. or any of its affiliates, any common trust funds
       or collective investment funds of the Sponsor qualified under sections
       401 and 501 of the Code, and any other funding vehicle (including, but
       not limited to, limited partnership interests which receive investment
       advice from T. Rowe Price Associates, Inc. or an affiliate) made
       available to the Plan by T. Rowe Price Trust Company which the Employer
       selects under the terms of the Plan.

1.32   Leased Employee. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997, a
       Leased Employee is any person (other than an Employee of the recipient)
       who, pursuant to an agreement between the recipient and any other person
       ("leasing organization"), has performed services for the recipient (or
       for the recipient and related persons determined in accordance with
       section 414(n)(6) of the Code) on a substantially full time basis for a
       period of at least one year and such services are performed under primary
       direction and control of the recipient.

       Any Leased Employee shall be treated as an employee of the recipient
       employer. However, contributions or benefits provided by the leasing
       organization which are attributable to service performed for the
       recipient employer shall be treated as provided by the recipient
       employer. The preceding sentence shall not apply to any Leased Employee
       if Leased Employees do not constitute more than twenty percent of the
       employer's non-highly compensated force and, if such leased employee is
       covered by a money purchase pension plan providing: (a) a nonintegrated
       employer contribution rate of at least ten percent of compensation as
       defined in section 415(c)(3) of the Code, but including amounts
       contributed by the employer pursuant to a salary reduction agreement
       which are excludible from the employee's gross income under section 125,
       402(e)(3), 402(h)(1)(B) or 403(b) of the Code, and, for years beginning
       after December 31, 2000, elective amounts that are not included in gross
       income of the Employee


                                       106



              (iii)  Effective for Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997,
                     for purposes of determining the Contribution Percentage of
                     a Participant who is a Five Percent Owner or one of the ten
                     most highly-paid Highly Compensated Employees, the
                     Contribution Percentage Amounts and Testing Compensation of
                     such Participant shall include the Contribution Percentage
                     Amounts and Testing Compensation for the Plan Year of
                     Family Members. Family Members, with respect to Highly
                     Compensated Employees, shall be disregarded as separate
                     Employees in determining the Contribution Percentage both
                     for Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees
                     and for Participants who are Highly Compensated Employees.

              (iv)   For purposes of applying the ACP Test, Employee After-Tax
                     Contributions are considered to have been made in the Plan
                     Year in which contributed to the Trust. Qualified Matching
                     Contributions and Qualified Nonelective Contributions will
                     be considered made for a Plan Year if made no later than
                     the end of the twelve-month period beginning on the day
                     after the close of the Plan Year.

              (v)    The Employer shall maintain records sufficient to
                     demonstrate satisfaction of the ACP test and the amount of
                     Qualified Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching
                     Contributions, or both, used in such test.

              (vi)   If the Employer elects to apply section 410(b)(4)(B) of the
                     Code in determining whether the Plan meets the minimum
                     coverage requirements of section 410(b)(1) of the Code, the
                     Employer may, in determining whether the Plan satisfies the
                     ACP Test, exclude from consideration all eligible Employees
                     (other than Highly Compensated Employees) who have not met
                     the minimum age and service requirements of section
                     410(a)(1)(A) of the Code.

       (c)    Safe Harbor CODA.

              (i)    If the Employer has elected in the Adoption Agreement to
                     make Safe Harbor Matching Contributions or ACP Test Only
                     Safe Harbor Matching Contributions during a Plan Year, the
                     provisions of this Section 3.7 shall apply as follows:

                     (A)    If only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions (or ACP
                            Test Only Safe Harbor Matching Contributions) or
                            Elective Deferrals, or both, are allowed, the
                            provisions of this Section 3.7 shall not apply.

                     (B)    If Employee After-Tax Contributions are allowed or
                            if the Employer makes any type of matching
                            contribution other than Safe Harbor Matching
                            Contributions or ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
                            Contributions under the Plan during a Plan Year, the
                            provisions of this Section 3.7 shall apply during
                            such Plan Year using Current Year Testing except
                            that the Employer may elect to disregard Safe Harbor
                            Matching Contributions and ACP Test Only Safe Harbor
                            Matching Contributions in performing such Current
                            Year Testing.

              (ii)   If the Employer suspends making Safe Harbor Matching
                     Contributions or ACP Test Only Safe Harbor Matching
                     Contributions during a Plan Year, the provisions of this
                     Section 3.7 shall apply using Current Year Testing.

              (iii)  If the Employer wants to maintain the option to amend the
                     Plan during a Plan Year to provide for Safe Harbor
                     Nonelective Contributions during such Plan Year, the ADP
                     and ACP Tests must be applied using Current Year Testing
                     during such Plan Year.

3.8    Multiple Use Test. If one or more Highly Compensated Employees
       participate in both a cash or deferred arrangement and a plan subject to
       the ACP Test maintained by the Employer and the sum of the ADP and ACP of
       those Highly Compensated Employees subject to either or both tests
       exceeds the Aggregate Limit, then the ADP or ACP, or both, of those
       Highly Compensated Employees who also participate in a cash or deferred
       arrangement will be reduced in the manner determined by the Plan
       Administrator so that the limit is not exceeded. The amount by which each
       Highly Compensated Employee's Deferral Percentage or Contribution
       Percentage Amount, or both, is reduced shall be treated as an Excess
       Aggregate Contribution. The ADP and ACP of the Highly Compensated
       Employees are determined after any corrections required to meet the ADP
       and ACP Tests. Impermissible multiple use does not occur if either the
       ADP or ACP of the Highly Compensated Employees does not exceed 1.25
       multiplied by the ADP and ACP of the Non-Highly Compensated Employees.


                                       107



3.9  Prevention or Cure of ADP Test Failures. The Plan Administrator may, in its
     sole discretion, use any one or a combination of the following methods to
     prevent or cure any ADP Test failure in accordance with section 401(k) of
     the Code and the regulations thereunder:

     (a)  The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept any or all prospective
          Elective Deferrals to be contributed by a Highly Compensated Employee.

     (b)  The Plan Administrator may distribute any or all Excess Contributions
          in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.11.

     (c)  The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to contribute a
          Qualified Nonelective Contribution in accordance with the provisions
          of Section 3.12.

     (d)  Subject to the requirements of Section 3.13, the Plan Administrator
          may, in its sole discretion, elect to treat Qualified Matching
          Contributions as if they were Elective Deferrals for purposes of the
          ADP test.

     (e)  The Plan Administrator may recharacterize Excess Contributions as
          Employee After-Tax Contributions in accordance with the provisions of
          Section 3.14.

     (f)  The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to make a Safe Harbor
          Nonelective Contribution in accordance with the provisions of Section
          3.15.

3.10 Prevention or Cure of ACP Test Failures. The Plan Administrator may, in its
     sole discretion, use any one or a combination of the following methods to
     prevent or cure any ACP Test failure in accordance with section 401(m) of
     the Code and the regulations thereunder:

     (a)  The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept any or all prospective
          Elective Deferrals or Employee After-Tax Contributions, or both, to be
          contributed by a Highly Compensated Employee.

     (b)  The Plan Administrator may elect to contribute a Qualified Matching
          Contribution in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.13.

     (c)  The Plan Administrator may forfeit, if forfeitable, or distribute, if
          not forfeitable, Excess Aggregate Contributions in accordance with
          Section 3.17.

     (d)  The Plan Administrator may elect to treat Qualified Nonelective
          Contributions or Elective Deferrals, or both, as if they were Matching
          Contributions in accordance with Sections 3.12 and 3.16, respectively,
          subject to the requirements of Section 3.1(e).

     (e)  If the Employer has elected the Safe Harbor CODA in the Adoption
          Agreement for a Plan Year, and if Employee After-Tax Contributions can
          be made to the Plan in such Plan Year, the Plan Administrator may, in
          its sole discretion, use any one or a combination of the following
          methods to prevent or cure any ACP Test failure:

     (i)  The Plan Administrator may refuse to accept any or all prospective
          Employee After-Tax Contributions to be contributed by a Highly
          Compensated Employee.

     (ii) The Plan Administrator may distribute Employee After-Tax Contributions
          (and any income or loss allocable thereto) that are Excess Aggregate
          Contributions.

3.11 Distribution of Excess Contributions to Cure ADP Test Failure.

     (a)  General Rule. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess
          Contributions for a Plan Year, plus any income and minus any loss
          allocable thereto, shall be distributed to Participants to whose
          Accounts such Excess Contributions were allocated for the preceding
          Plan Year no later than twelve months following the last day of such
          preceding Plan Year. For Plan Years beginning on and after January 1,
          1997, Excess Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated
          Employees with the largest amounts of Elective Deferrals and amounts
          treated as Elective Deferrals taken into account in calculating the
          ADP Test for the year in which the excess arose, beginning with the
          Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such Elective
          Deferrals and amounts treated as Elective Deferrals and continuing in
          descending order until all Excess Contributions have been allocated.
          For purposes of the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is
          determined after distribution of any Excess Elective Deferrals. If
          such excess amounts are distributed more than 2 1/2months after the
          last day of the Plan Year in which such excess amounts arose, a 10%
          excise tax on such amounts will be imposed on the Employer.

                                       108



     For Plan Years beginning before January 1, 1997, Excess Contributions of a
     Participant who is subject to the Family Member aggregation rules shall be
     allocated among the Family Members of such Participant in proportion to the
     Elective Deferrals (and amounts treated as Elective Deferrals) of each
     Family Member that is combined to determine the combined ADP of such
     Participant.

     (b)  Calculation of Income or Loss. The income or loss allocable to Excess
          Contributions allocated to each Participant is equal to the amount of
          income or loss allocable to the Participant's Elective Deferral
          subaccount (and, if applicable, the Qualified Nonelective Contribution
          subaccount or the Qualified Matching Contribution subaccount, or both)
          for the Plan Year multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
          such Participant's Excess Contributions for the Plan Year and the
          denominator of which is the sum of (i) the Participant's account
          balance attributable to Elective Deferrals (and Qualified Nonelective
          Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or both, if any of
          such contributions are included in the ADP Test) as of the beginning
          of the Plan Year, and (ii) Elective Deferrals (and Qualified
          Nonelective Contributions or Qualified Matching Contributions, or
          both, if any such contributions are included in the ADP Test).

     (c)  Method of Distribution. Excess Contributions shall be distributed from
          the Participant's Elective Deferral subaccount, Qualified Nonelective
          Contribution subaccount (if applicable) or Qualified Matching
          Contribution subaccount (if applicable), or any such subaccounts, in
          the manner determined by the Plan Administrator.

     (d)  Forfeiture of Certain Matching Contributions. Any Matching
          Contribution (whether or not vested) that was made on account of an
          Excess Contribution that has been distributed in accordance with this
          Section 3.11 shall be forfeited no later than twelve months after the
          close of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contribution occurred.

     (e)  Annual  Additions.  Excess  Contributions  shall be  treated as Annual
          Additions under the Plan.

3.12 Qualified Nonelective Contributions to Prevent or Cure ADP and/or ACP Test
     Failure. The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to contribute a
     Qualified Nonelective Contribution in any amount to prevent or cure any ADP
     Test and/or ACP Test failure for a Plan Year within twelve months after the
     close of the Plan Year to which such contribution relates. Qualified
     Nonelective Contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated only to the
     Accounts of Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees in one of
     the following methods selected by the Plan Administrator:

     (a)  In the ratio in which each such Non-Highly Compensated Employee's
          Compensation as defined in the Adoption Agreement for the Plan Year
          for which the Qualified Nonelective Contribution is being made bears
          to the total such Compensation of all such Non-Highly Compensated
          Employees for such Plan Year.

     (b)  Beginning with the Non-Highly Compensated Employee with the lowest
          such Compensation for such Plan Year and continuing in ascending order
          an amount no greater than the Maximum Permissible Amount, as defined
          in Section 6.1(j), reduced by any Annual Additions credited to such
          Non-Highly Compensated Employee under this Plan or any other plan of
          the Employer as if such amount of the Qualified Nonelective
          Contribution allocated to such Non-Highly Compensated Employee were
          included as an Annual Addition for such Plan Year.

3.13 Qualified Matching Contribution to Prevent or Cure ADP and/or ACP Test
     Failure. The Employer may, in its sole discretion, elect to contribute a
     Qualified Matching Contribution in any amount to prevent or cure any ADP
     Test and/or ACP Test failure for a Plan Year within twelve months after the
     close of the Plan Year to which such contribution relates. Qualified
     Matching Contributions for a Plan Year shall be allocated to the Accounts
     of Participants who are Non-Highly Compensated Employees and who would be
     eligible for an allocation of Matching Contributions in accordance with
     Section 3.3(a) in accordance with one of the following methods:

(a)  If the Employer makes Matching Contributions only on behalf of Participants
     who make Elective Deferrals, in the ratio in which the Elective Deferrals
     for such Plan Year of each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated
     Employee and who is eligible for a Matching Contribution for such Plan Year
     bear to the total Elective Deferrals of all such Non-Highly Compensated
     Employees for such Plan Year.

                                       109



     (b)   If the Employer makes Matching Contributions only on behalf of
           Participants who make Employee After-Tax Contributions, in the ratio
           in which the Employee After-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year of
           each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee and who is
           eligible for a Matching Contribution for such Plan Year bear to the
           total Employee After-Tax Contributions of all such Non-Highly
           Compensated Employees for such Plan Year.

     (c)   If the Employer makes Matching Contributions on behalf of
           Participants who make Elective Deferrals or Employee After-Tax
           Contributions, or both, in the ratio in which the total Elective
           Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions for such Plan Year of
           each Participant who is a Non-Highly Compensated Employee and is
           eligible for a Matching Contribution for such Plan Year bear to the
           total Elective Deferrals and Employee After-Tax Contributions of all
           such Non-Highly Compensated Employees for such Plan Year.

3.14 Recharacterization of Excess Contributions to Cure ADP Test Failure. If the
     Employer elects in the Adoption Agreement to allow Participants to make
     Employee After-Tax Contributions to the Plan, the Plan Administrator, in
     its sole discretion, may treat Excess Contributions allocated to a Highly
     Compensated Employee as an amount distributed to him or her and then
     contributed by him or her to the Plan as an Employee After-Tax
     Contribution. Recharacterized Excess Contributions will remain
     nonfor-feitable. Excess Contributions may not be recharacterized to the
     extent such amounts in combination with other Employee After-Tax
     Contributions made by that Employee would exceed any stated limit under the
     Plan on Employee After-Tax Contributions.

     Recharacterization must occur no later than 2 1/2months after the last day
     of the Plan Year in which such Excess Contributions arose and is deemed to
     occur no earlier than the date the last Highly Compensated Employee is
     informed in writing of the amount recharacterized and the consequences
     thereof. Recharacterized amounts will be taxable to the Participant for the
     Participant's taxable year in which the Participant would have received
     them in cash.

3.15 Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution to Prevent ADP Test Failure. The
     Employer may elect to make a Safe Harbor Nonelective Contribution during a
     Plan Year as described in Notice 2000-3 and any superceding guidance.

3.16 Elective Deferrals to Cure ACP Test Failure. The Plan Administrator may, in
     its sole discretion, elect to treat Elective Deferrals as if they were
     Matching Contributions for a Plan Year as long as the ADP Test is met
     before the Elective Deferrals are used in the ACP Test and continues to be
     met following the exclusion of those Elective Deferrals that are used to
     meet the ACP Test.

3.17 Forfeiture and/or Distribution of Excess Aggregate Contributions to Cure
     ACP Test Failure. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan, Excess
     Aggregate Contributions for a Plan Year, plus any income and minus any loss
     allocable thereto, may be forfeited, if forfeitable, or if not forfeitable,
     distributed, no later than twelve months after the close of the Plan Year
     to which such contributions relate, to Participants to whose Accounts such
     Excess Aggregate Contributions were allocated for such Plan Year. For Plan
     Years beginning on and after January 1, 1997, Excess Aggregate
     Contributions are allocated to the Highly Compensated Employees with the
     largest Contribution Percentage Amounts taken into account in calculating
     the ACP Test for the Plan Year in which the excess arose, beginning with
     the Highly Compensated Employee with the largest amount of such
     Contribution Percentage Amounts and continuing in descending order until
     all the Excess Aggregate Contributions have been allocated. For purposes of
     the preceding sentence, the "largest amount" is determined after
     distribution of any Excess Contributions. For Plan Years beginning before
     January 1, 1997, Excess Aggregate Contributions of a Participant who is
     subject to the Family Member aggregation rules shall be allocated among the
     Family Members of such Participant in proportion to the Matching
     Contributions (or amounts treated as Matching Contributions) of each Family
     Member that is combined to determine the combined ACP of such Participant.
     Excess Aggregate Contributions shall be forfeited, if forfeitable, or
     distributed, if not forfeitable, in the manner determined by the Plan
     Administrator from the Participant's Matching Contribution subaccount
     and/or Qualified Matching Contribution subaccount (and/or, if applicable,
     the Participant's Qualified Nonelective Contribution subaccount or Elective
     Deferral subaccount, or both).

                                       110



       (b)    Direct Rollover. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
              contrary that would otherwise limit a distributee's election under
              this Article X, for all distributions made on or after January 1,
              1993, a distributee may elect, at the time and in the manner
              prescribed by the Plan Administrator, to have any portion of an
              eligible rollover distribution paid directly to an eligible
              retirement plan specified by the distributee in a direct rollover.
              For purposes of this subsection, the following definitions shall
              apply:

              (i)    An "eligible rollover distribution" is any distribution of
                     all or a portion of the balance to the credit of the
                     distributee, except that an eligible rollover distribution
                     does not include: any distribution that is one of a series
                     of substantially equal periodic payments (not less
                     frequently than annually) made for the life (or life
                     expectancy) of the distributee or the joint lives (or joint
                     life expectancies) of the distributee and the distributee's
                     designated Beneficiary, or for a specified period of ten
                     years or more; any distribution to the extent such
                     distribution is required under section 401(a)(9) of the
                     Code; any hardship distribution described in section
                     401(k)(2)(B)(i)(IV) of the Code received after December 31,
                     1998 (or, if elected by the Employer in the Optional
                     Supplement, December 31, 1999); and the portion of any
                     distribution that is not includible in gross income
                     (determined without regard to the exclusion for net
                     unrealized appreciation with respect to employer
                     securities).

              (ii)   An "eligible retirement plan" is an individual retirement
                     account described in section 408(a) of the Code, an
                     individual retirement annuity described in section 408(b)
                     of the Code, an annuity plan described in section 403(a) of
                     the Code, or a qualified trust described in section 401(a)
                     of the Code, that accepts the distributee's eligible
                     rollover distribution. However, in the case of an eligible
                     rollover distribution to the surviving spouse, an eligible
                     retirement plan is an individual retirement account or
                     individual retirement annuity.

              (iii)  A "distributee" includes an Employee or former Employee. In
                     addition, the Employee's or former Employee's surviving
                     spouse and the Employee's or former Employee's spouse or
                     former spouse who is the alternate payee under a qualified
                     domestic retirement order, as described section 414(p) of
                     the Code, are distributees with regard to the interest of
                     the spouse or former spouse.

              (iv)   A "direct rollover" is a payment by the Plan to the
                     eligible retirement plan specified by the distributee.

10.8   Missing Participants and Beneficiaries. If the Plan Administrator is
       unable to locate a Participant or Beneficiary entitled to vested benefits
       hereunder after making reasonable efforts to do so, the Plan
       Administrator may direct the Trustee to forfeit such vested benefits or
       direct the Trustee to continue to hold such Participant's or
       Beneficiary's Account. If the vested benefits are forfeited and if the
       Participant or Beneficiary subsequently is found or makes a claim for the
       benefits, the vested benefits will be reinstated in accordance with the
       provisions of Section 7.6.

10.9   Minimum Required Distributions. If the Participant's interest is to be
       distributed in other than a single sum before the required beginning
       date, the following minimum distribution rules, which shall be determined
       in accordance with proposed regulations under section 401(a)(9) of the
       Code, shall apply on or after the required beginning date notwithstanding
       any other provision of the Plan to the contrary:

       (a)    Definitions. For the purposes of this Section 10.9, the following
              definitions shall apply:

              (i)    Applicable Life Expectancy. The Life Expectancy (or joint
                     and last survivor expectancy) is calculated using the
                     attained age of the Participant (or Designated Beneficiary)
                     as of the Participant's (or Designated Beneficiary's)
                     birthday in the applicable calendar year reduced by one for
                     each calendar year which has elapsed since the date Life
                     Expectancy was first calculated. If Life Expectancy is
                     being recalculated, the Applicable Life Expectancy shall be
                     the Life Expectancy as so recalculated. The applicable
                     calendar year shall be the first Distribution Calendar
                     Year, and if Life Expectancy is being recalculated such
                     succeeding calendar year(s). If annuity payments commence
                     in accordance with Section 10.9(c) before the Required
                     Beginning Date, the Applicable Calendar Year is the year
                     such payments commence. If distribution is in the form of
                     an immediate annuity purchased after the Participant's
                     death with the Participant's remaining interest, the
                     Applicable Calendar Year is the year of purchase.


                                       111



              (ii)   Designated Beneficiary. The individual who is designated as
                     the Beneficiary under the Plan on the Required Beginning
                     Date in accordance with section 401(a)(9) of the Code and
                     the proposed regulations thereunder.

              (iii)  Distribution Calendar Year. A calendar year for which a
                     minimum distribution is required. For distributions
                     beginning before the Participant's death, the first
                     Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year immediately
                     preceding the calendar year which contains the
                     Participant's Required Beginning Date. For distributions
                     beginning after the Participant's death, the first
                     Distribution Calendar Year is the calendar year in which
                     distributions are required to begin pursuant to Section
                     10.6 above.

              (iv)   Life Expectancy. Life Expectancy and joint and last
                     survivor expectancy are computed by use of the expected
                     return multiples in Tables V and VI of section 1.72-9 of
                     the Income Tax Regulations. Unless otherwise elected by the
                     Participant (or spouse, in the case of distributions
                     described in Section 10.6(b)(ii)) by the time distributions
                     are required to begin, Life Expectancies shall be
                     recalculated annually. Such election shall be irrevocable
                     as to the Participant (or spouse) and shall apply to all
                     subsequent years. The Life Expectancy of a non-spouse
                     Beneficiary may not be recalculated.

              (v)    Participant's Benefit.

                     (A)    The Account balance as of the last Valuation Date in
                            the calendar year immediately preceding the
                            Distribution Calendar Year (valuation calendar year)
                            increased by the amount of any contributions or
                            forfeitures allocated to the Account balance as of
                            dates in the calendar year after the Valuation Date
                            and decreased by distributions made in the valuation
                            calendar year after the Valuation Date.

                     (B)    For purposes of subparagraph (A) above, if any
                            portion of the minimum distribution for the first
                            Distribution Calendar Year is made in the second
                            Distribution Calendar Year on or before the Required
                            Beginning Date, the amount of the minimum
                            distribution made in the second Distribution
                            Calendar Year shall be treated as if it had been
                            made in the immediately preceding Distribution
                            Calendar Year.

              (vi)   Required Beginning Date.

                     (A)    General rule. For calendar years beginning after
                            December 31, 1996, the Required Beginning Date of a
                            Participant is the first day of April of the
                            calendar year following the later of the calendar
                            year in which the Participant attains age 70 1/2or
                            retires, except that benefit distributions to a Five
                            Percent Owner must commence by the first day of
                            April of the calendar year following the calendar
                            year in which the Five Percent Owner attains age 70
                            1/2.

                     (B)    Transitional rules. Notwithstanding the foregoing:

                            (1)    Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2in 1996
                                   may elect by December 31, 1997, to defer
                                   distributions until the calendar year
                                   following the calendar year in which the
                                   Participant retires.

                            (2)    Any Participant attaining age 70 1/2in years
                                   prior to 1997 may elect to stop distributions
                                   and recommence distributions by the April 1
                                   of the calendar year following the calendar
                                   year in which the Participant retires. Unless
                                   the Employer elects otherwise in the Adoption
                                   Agreement, there is a new annuity starting
                                   date upon recommencement of distributions.

                     (C)    Once distributions have begun to a Five Percent
                            Owner under this subsection, they must continue to
                            be distributed even if the Participant ceases to be
                            a Five Percent Owner in a subsequent year.

       (b)    Individual Account.

              (i)    If a Participant's benefit is to be distributed over (1) a
                     period not extending beyond the life expectancy of the
                     Participant or the joint life and last survivor expectancy
                     of the Participant and the Participant's Designated
                     Beneficiary or (2) a period not extending beyond the life


                                       112



                     qualification is denied, but only if the application for
                     the qualification is made by the time prescribed by law for
                     filing the Employer's return for the taxable year in which
                     the Plan is adopted, or such later date as the Secretary of
                     the Treasury may prescribe; and

              (iii)  Contributions to the Trust are specifically conditioned on
                     their deductibility under the Code and, to the extent a
                     deduction is disallowed for any such contribution, such
                     amount (to the extent so disallowed) shall be returned to
                     the Employer within one year after the date of the
                     disallowance of the deduction.

15.2   Nonguarantee of Employment. Nothing contained in this Plan shall be
       construed as a contract of employment between the Employer and any
       Employee, or as a right of any Employee to be continued in the employment
       of the Employer, or as a limitation of the right of the Employer to
       discharge any of its Employees, with or without cause.

15.3   Rights to Trust Assets. No Employee, Participant or Beneficiary shall
       have any right to, or interest in, any assets of the trust upon
       termination of employment or otherwise, except as provided under the
       Plan. All payments of benefits under the Plan shall be made solely out of
       the assets of the Trust.

15.4   Nonalienation of Benefits. Except as provided under Article VIII of the
       Plan with respect to Plan loans, benefits payable under the Plan shall
       not be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer,
       assignment, pledge, encumbrance, charge, garnishment, execution or levy
       of any kind, voluntary or involuntary; provided, however, that the Plan
       Administrator shall not be precluded from complying with a qualified
       domestic relations order described in section 414(p) of the Code, or any
       domestic relations order entered before January 1, 1985. Any attempt to
       anticipate, alienate, sell, transfer, assign, pledge, encumber, charge or
       otherwise dispose of any right to benefits payable hereunder shall be
       void. The Trust shall not in any manner be liable for, or subject to, the
       debts, contracts, liabilities, engagements or torts of any person
       entitled to benefits hereunder.

15.5   Gender. The use of the masculine pronoun shall extend to and include the
       feminine gender, and the use of the feminine pronoun shall extend to and
       include the masculine gender, wherever appropriate; the use of the
       singular shall include the plural, and the use of the plural shall
       include the singular, wherever appropriate.

15.6   Titles and Headings. The titles or headings of the respective Articles
       and Sections are inserted merely for convenience and shall be given no
       legal effect.

15.7   Failure of Employer's Plan to Qualify. If the Employer's Plan fails to
       attain or retain qualification, such Plan will no longer participate in
       this prototype plan and will be considered an individually designed plan.

15.8   Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations. If any of the provisions of
       this Plan or of the Trust Agreement are at any time in any way
       inconsistent with any laws of the United States of America or the laws of
       any state if not preempted by ERISA, or any regulations of the Internal
       Revenue Service, U.S. Department of Labor, or any other Federal or state
       regulatory authority, in a manner that adversely affects the qualified
       status of the Plan under section 401(a) of the Code or the tax-exempt
       status of the Trust under section 501(a) of the Code, or may result in
       any civil penalties under ERISA or any other law, then the Employer, the
       Plan Administrator and the Trustee shall comply with the requirements of
       such laws or regulations, rather than with the provisions of the Plan and
       Trust which are inconsistent therewith. The Employer, the Plan
       Administrator and the Trustee shall incur no liability for following such
       laws, rules or regulations.

15.9   Military Service. Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan to the
       contrary, effective December 12, 1994, contributions, benefits and
       service credit with respect to qualified military service will be
       provided in accordance with section 414(u) of the Code.


                                       113



EGTRRA AMENDMENT TO THE
T. ROWE PRICE TRUST COMPANY
PROTOTYPE 401(k) RETIREMENT PLAN

PREAMBLE

     1.   Adoption and effective date of amendment. This amendment of the T.
          Rowe Price Trust Company Prototype 401(k) Retirement Plan basic plan
          document #03 ("plan") is adopted to reflect certain provisions of the
          Economic Growth and Tax Relief Reconciliation Act of 2001 ("EGTRRA").
          This amendment is intended as good faith compliance with the
          requirements of EGTRRA and is to be construed in accordance with
          EGTRRA and guidance issued thereunder. Except as otherwise provided,
          this amendment shall be effective as of the first day of the first
          plan year beginning after December 31, 2001, but shall not apply to
          taxable, plan or limitation years beginning after December 31, 2010.

     2.   Supersession of inconsistent provisions. This amendment shall
          supersede the provisions of the plan to the extent those provisions
          are inconsistent with the provisions of this amendment.

ARTICLE I - PLAN LOANS FOR OWNER-EMPLOYEES AND SHAREHOLDER EMPLOYEES

     Effective for plan loans made after December 31, 2001, plan provisions
     prohibiting loans to any owner-employee or shareholder-employee shall cease
     to apply.

ARTICLE II - LIMITATIONS ON CONTRIBUTIONS

     2.1. Effective date. This article shall be effective for limitation years
          beginning after December 31, 2001.

     2.2. Maximum annual addition. Except to the extent permitted under article
          IX of this amendment and section 414(v) of the Code, if applicable,
          the annual addition that may be contributed or allocated to a
          participant's account under the plan for any limitation year shall not
          exceed the lesser of:

          (a)  $40,000, as adjusted for increases in the cost-of-living under
               section 415(d) of the Code, or

          (b)  100 percent of the participant's compensation, within the meaning
               of section 415(c)(3) of the Code, for the limitation year.

          The compensation limit referred to in (b) shall not apply to any
          contribution for medical benefits after separation from service
          (within the meaning of section 401(h) or section 419A(f)(2) of the
          Code) which is otherwise treated as an annual addition.

ARTICLE III - INCREASE IN COMPENSATION LIMIT

     The annual compensation of each participant taken into account in
     determining allocations for any plan year beginning after December 31,
     2001, shall not exceed $200,000, as adjusted for cost-of-living increases
     in accordance with section 401(a)(17)(B) of the Code. Annual compensation
     means compensation during the plan year or such other consecutive 12-month
     period over which compensation is otherwise determined under the plan (the
     determination period). The cost-of-living adjustment in effect for a
     calendar year applies to annual compensation for the determination period
     that begins with or within such calendar year.

ARTICLE IV - MODIFICATION OF TOP-HEAVY RULES

     4.1. Effective date. This article shall apply for purposes of determining
          whether the plan is a top-heavy plan under section 416(g) of the Code
          for plan years beginning after December 31, 2001, and whether the plan
          satisfies the minimum benefits requirements of section 416(c) of the
          Code for such years. This section amends Article XII of the plan.

     4.2. Determination of top-heavy status.

          (a)  Key employee. Key employee means any employee or former employee
               (including any deceased employee) who at any time during the plan
               year that includes the determination date was an officer of the
               employer having annual compensation greater than $130,000 (as
               adjusted under section 416(i)(1) of the Code for plan years
               beginning after December 31, 2002), a 5-percent owner of the
               employer or a 1-percent owner of the employer having annual
               compensation of more than $150,000.For this purpose, annual
               compensation means compensation within the meaning of section
               415(c)(3)

                                       114